Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Cable One, Inc.

Cable One, Inc.

cabo · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cabo
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 2817
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Cable One, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL 
REPORT 
2022

CONNECTING 
OUR CUSTOMERS 
AND COMMUNITIES TO 
WHAT MATTERS MOST 

210 E. Earll Drive  |  Phoenix, Arizona 85012 

(602) 364-6000  |  ir.cableone.net

Letter from the 
President & CEO

Dear Valued Cable One Shareholders, 
With nearly 3,200 associates and five brands across 24 states, Cable One has grown considerably 
since spinning off from the Graham Holdings Company in 2015. We are as committed as ever to 
delivering profitable and responsible growth, while living the long-held values we inherited from 
the Graham family. And, as we enter our eighth year as a public company, our aim to be a durable 
business for shareholders remains unwavering.

2022 was a remarkable year for Cable One on a 
number of fronts. We delivered record financial 
results with new highs in Revenues, Adjusted 
EBITDA, and Margins; created value-added 
services and experiences for our customers; 
and continued to invest in our most valuable 
resource — our associates. I am proud to share 
that these activities led to several prestigious 
awards which speak to who we are at our 
core — an outstanding connectivity provider 
committed to driving growth and innovation for 
our associates, customers and communities. 

AWARDS:

WICT Top Companies  
for Women to Work

Forbes Best Mid-Sized Employer  

PC Magazine Top 10  
Fastest Internet Service Providers 

PC Magazine Top 10  
Best Gaming ISP 

Cablefax Community Builder  
of the Year

Serving Small Cities, Large Towns with Scale
We are proud to be the trusted broadband provider for nearly 
1,200 communities across rural America. With capital investments 
of nearly $1.1 billion since 2020, our state-of-the-art network 
delivers Gig speeds to residential customers across 99 percent of 
our footprint and lays the groundwork for 10 Gigabit (10G) speeds. 

The network investments we have made to stay ahead of the 
data consumption curve are enabling our customers to enjoy fast, 
reliable and secure internet service, even as their usage grows. In 
2022, customer demand for increased speed and data reached 
new heights and we don’t see growth slowing anytime soon. 
One-third of all new customers are now selecting Gig service 
and average data usage has increased to nearly 640 Gigabits per 
month, a CAGR of 26% over the past 5 years. Additionally, more 
than 20 million devices are connected to our network today— 
up over 400% since 2018. With our roadmap to next gen DOCSIS 
4.0 underway, we plan to stay well ahead of the demand curve  
with balanced upgrade investments that are meaningfully less 
than our competitors. 

Our commitment to serving rural America is further illustrated 
by our partnerships with some of the best business and financial 
leaders across the communications industry – Mega Broadband 
Investments, Clearwave Fiber, Nextlink, Wisper, Point Broadband, 
Ziply Fiber, Visionary, MetroNet and CTI Towers. Agnostic to the 
technology used, we are united in our purpose —to deliver fast 
and reliable internet that shapes how the rural communities we 
serve live, work, learn and play.

Our Culture
Our success is directly tied to our talented team of associates—
more than 80% of whom live in the markets we serve and hold an 
average tenure of nearly 10 years with the company. 

Together we have built an inclusive workplace that promotes 
diversity, opportunity and professional development.  

Our long-term 
success depends 
on evolving with 
the needs of 
our customers 
and we are 
well-positioned 
to do just that by 
building on our 
strong record of 
execution and 
commitment to 
those we serve.

Our “one team, one goal” mindset encourages associates to remain focused on 
our long-term goals as they share in our � nancial achievements through our annual 
Stronger Together Incentive.

Through our annual associate satisfaction survey and regular one-on-one 
conversations with associates throughout the enterprise, we know our Cable One 
culture energizes and inspires our people. We will continue to invest in building a highly 
motivated and skilled workforce through development programs that create unique 
and valuable experiences and build a bench of leaders well-prepared for the future. 

Transforming for the Future
This past year, we challenged ourselves to imagine what the future could look like 
for Cable One, and what would need to transpire for us to create meaningfully 
di�  erent experiences for our customers and associates. Through the lens of digital 
transformation, we have initiated several projects that anticipate customer needs 
and provide seamless solutions. Examples include our automated � eld maintenance 
program that provides proactive and preventative maintenance; our automated truck 
roll recommendation engine that schedules service calls without a customer having 
to speak with a representative; and our contact center modernization initiative which 
enables customer self-service solutions while building enterprise e�  ciency.

2023 will see us sharpen our focus on additional digital transformation initiatives that 
create goodness for customers and associates, and further enable Cable One to 
successfully compete over the long term. We are launching a next generation Wi-Fi 
platform that o�  ers signi� cantly improved in-home reliability for customers; provides 
us with greater insight into internet health within the home; and enables proactive 
maintenance critical to reliability and customer satisfaction. We are also leveraging 
a cutting-edge platform developed by Cable One engineers that checks hundreds 
of telemetry data points or signals on hundreds of thousands of devices across our 
network. Automated systems then work proactively to mitigate any degraded signals, 
creating a seamless online experience for our customers.

Elevating the customer experience by thinking disruptively and delivering sound ROIs 
that bene� t our customers and associates is at the core of our digital transformation 
e�  orts. Importantly, as we contemplate the workforce of the future, preparing our 
people for the roles that will enable them and our customers to thrive in a digital-� rst 
world will be critical.

Do Right by Those We Serve
Every day, Cable One associates live our values in the 
course of their daily work. Sparklight Field Technician 
Shelly Vaughn-Salter is an outstanding example of our value, 
“do right by those we serve.”

Earlier this year, Shelly was driving to a scheduled appointment 
when she noticed smoke coming from a house. She stopped to 
investigate and called 911. A contractor working nearby advised 
Shelly of the possibility of an elderly gentleman living in the home. 
Shelly and the contractor proceeded to the door of the home and found the 
gentleman lying on the � oor by the front door, barely conscious due to smoke inhalation. 
Thanks to Shelly’s quick action, they were able to carry him from the home, saving his life. 
Shelly truly epitomizes our values and we are proud to call her a Cable One associate. 

Looking Ahead  
While 2022 was a challenging year with supply 
chain shortages, geopolitical instability and 
an economic downturn, the tenacity of our 
team and the support of our Board enabled us 
to execute against our Purpose of connecting 
customers and communities to what matters 
most, while delivering solid results for our 
shareholders. We have an outstanding 
company— built for the long term —and 
I believe 2022 illustrated once again that 
we are prepared to navigate even the toughest 
of times. 

As we look to 2023, we are excited for a year 
of opportunity and transformation in how we 
work, leverage new technologies and serve our 
communities. Our long-term success depends 
on evolving with the needs of our customers 
and we are well-positioned to do just that by 
building on our strong record of execution and 
commitment to those we serve. 

On behalf of Cable One’s leadership team 
and our Board of Directors, we appreciate your 
on-going trust and support. 

Julia M. Laulis
Chair of the Board, 
President & Chief Executive O�  cer

Drive Progress  
Cable One continues to “drive 
progress” across our footprint 
through our initiative of bringing 
fast and reliable internet to 
unserved and underserved areas. 
Beaver Creek Elementary School, a Title I 
school in remote Rimrock, Arizona, was one such initiative. 

Prior to Cable One’s build out, Beaver Creek Elementary had 
access to only 20 Mbps service —a speed well below FCC 
bandwidth recommendations. Through our Sparklight brand, 
the company built out 15 miles of � ber through rough 
terrain to bring 300 Mbps internet service to Beaver Creek 
Elementary. This was just one piece of a larger project to 
build a � ber-optic Wide Area Network with Dedicated Internet 
Access that will deliver critical broadband access to more 
than 72 schools and libraries and 100 businesses within 
Yavapai County. 

“As a principal, it means everything to have my students be 
able to access curriculum and learn more about our world via 
the world wide web through their seats here in Beaver Creek. 
Sparklight internet has enabled us to do that.” — Allie Wheeler, 
Beaver Creek Elementary Principal 

Lend a Hand
Each year, through our Charitable Giving Fund, Cable One lives its value 
of “lending a hand” in the communities we serve. The company annually 
awards $250,000 in grants to local 501(c)(3) nonpro� t organizations 
served by the Cable One family of brands. 

One 2022 grant recipient was the Burley Public Library in Burley, Idaho, 
which provides an array of programs that heighten cultural awareness and 
encourage reading and lifelong learning. 

“The Burley Public Library is excited to have been awarded this grant from Sparklight. 
With these funds, we will partner with the Idaho Women’s Business Center to create and facilitate a digital literacy 
class. This class is designed to help underserved populations gain knowledge and access to tools, enabling them 
to succeed in their goals. The class will create well-rounded community members who are better able to engage 
in the technological world we live in.”  —Tayce Robinson, Burley Public Library Director

Cable One |  A Di�  erent Kind of Operator

We have adopted a data-centric strategy that has yielded consistent 
and predictable � nancial results, focused on long term cash � ow growth 

Our company holds a well-established market position in small cities 
and large towns across rural America  

Our inclusive culture is centered around the idea that “Happy 
Associates Make Happy Customers,” promoting behaviors that 
result in both high satisfaction and strong pro� tability

We have a long-standing capital e�    cient network roadmap, made 
possible by years of prior investment, ensuring that capacity is never 
a barrier to customer growth 

Our capital allocation strategy is both balanced and disciplined,
leaving � exibility for future opportunities

Our value creation has been driven by a strong track record of 
delivering growth via organic and inorganic strategies 

OUR 
GROWING 
FOOTPRINT

WA

OR

ID

ND

SD

NE

KS

MN

IA

MO
MO

IL

IN

AZ
AZ

NM

OK
OK

AR

TN

GAGAGAGA
GA

SC

MSMSMS
MS

AL

TX

LA

Sparklight

Fidelity

ValuNet

Hargray

CableAmerica 

OUR 2022 RESULTS

$1.7bn

Total 
Revenue

6.2%

Year-over-
Year Revenue 
Growth

$912mm

Adj. 
EBITDA1

8.6%

1.1mm

73%

Year-over-
Year Adj. 
EBITDA 
Growth1

Residential 
& Business 
High Speed 
Data PSUs

Residential 
High Speed Data 
and Business 
Services as 
a percent of 
Revenue

OUR RECENT TRANSACTIONS

Acquisitions

Strategic 
Investments

1Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP � nancial measure which is de� ned and reconciled to the most directly comparable GAAP � nancial measure on pages 52-53 of the attached 2022 Annual Report on Form 10-K

2017

2019

2020

2021

2022

[This page intentionally left blank] 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 
or 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from _____ to _____ 
Commission File Number: 001-36863 

Cable One, Inc. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 
210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

13-3060083 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
85012 
(Zip Code)  

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

(602) 364-6000 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Trading Symbol(s) 
CABO 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes    ☑     No    ☐ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes   ☐     No   ☑ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   ☑     No   ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 

of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes   ☑       No   ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer 

☐ 
☐ 
☐ 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

Emerging growth company 

Smaller reporting company 

Non-accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

☑   
☐   

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared 
or issued its audit report. ☑ 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in 

the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation 

received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes   ☐     No   ☑ 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2022 was approximately $5.3 billion, based on the 
closing price for the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2022. For purposes of this computation only, all executive officers, directors and 10% beneficial 
owners of the registrant as of June 30, 2022 are deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. Such determination should not be deemed to be an admission that 
such executive officers, directors, or 10% beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant. 

There were 5,728,948 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 17, 2023. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, are incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Business ........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................  
Properties ......................................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures ...............................................................................................................................  
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities ...................................................................................................................................................  
[Reserved] ....................................................................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .......................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ......................................................................  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................  
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .......................  
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information .........................................................................................................................................  
Item 9C.  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections ..........................................................  

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...........................................................................  
Executive Compensation ..............................................................................................................................  
Item 11. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....  
Item 12. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .............................................  
Item 13. 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services .......................................................................................................  
Item 14. 

PART IV 

3 
27 
41 
41 
41 
41 

42 
45 
45 
62 
63 
63 
63 
64 
64 

65 
65 
65 
65 
65 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................  
Form 10-K Summary ....................................................................................................................................  

66 
71 

Signatures   ......................................................................................................................................................................   S-1 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................................   F-1 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by 
the  fact  that  they  do  not  relate  strictly  to  historical  or  current  facts,  but  rather  are  based  on  current  expectations,  estimates, 
assumptions and projections about our industry, business, strategy, acquisitions and strategic investments, dividend policy, financial 
results and financial condition. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” 
“expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes” and words and terms of similar substance in connection with discussions of 
future operating or financial performance. As with any projection or forecast, forward-looking statements are inherently susceptible 
to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-
looking  statements.  Accordingly,  undue  reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  any  forward-looking  statement  made  by  us  or  on  our 
behalf. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements include 
government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors: 

   ● 
● 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
● 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
● 

● 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
● 

   ● 
● 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
● 

● 

● 

   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
● 

rising levels of competition from historical and new entrants in our markets; 
recent and future changes in technology, and our ability to develop, deploy and operate new technologies, service offerings 
and customer service platforms; 
our ability to continue to grow our residential data and business services revenues and customer base; 
increases in programming costs and retransmission fees; 
our ability to obtain hardware, software and operational support from vendors; 
risks that we may fail to realize the benefits anticipated as a result of our purchase of the remaining interests in Hargray 
Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Hargray”) that we did not already own (the “Hargray Acquisition”); 
risks relating to existing or future acquisitions and strategic investments by us; 
risks that the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system disrupts business operations; 
the integrity and security of our network and information systems; 
the impact of possible security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks; 
our failure to obtain necessary intellectual and proprietary rights to operate our business and the risk of intellectual property 
claims and litigation against us; 
legislative or regulatory efforts to impose network neutrality (“net neutrality”) and other new requirements on our data 
services; 
additional regulation of our video and voice services; 
our ability to renew cable system franchises; 
increases in pole attachment costs; 
changes in local governmental franchising authority and broadcast carriage regulations; 
the potential adverse effect of our level of indebtedness on our business, financial condition or results of operations and 
cash flows; 
the restrictions the terms of our indebtedness place on our business and corporate actions; 
the possibility that interest rates will continue to rise, causing our obligations to service our variable rate indebtedness to 
increase significantly; 
the transition away from the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and the adoption of alternative reference rates; 
risks associated with our convertible indebtedness; 
our ability to continue to pay dividends; 
provisions in our charter, by-laws and Delaware law that could discourage takeovers and limit the judicial forum for certain 
disputes; 
adverse economic conditions, labor shortages, supply chain disruptions, changes in rates of inflation and the level of move 
activity in the housing sector; 
pandemics,  epidemics  or  disease  outbreaks,  such  as the  COVID-19  pandemic,  have,  and  may  continue  to,  disrupt  our 
business and operations, which could materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows; 
lower demand for our residential data and business services; 
fluctuations in our stock price; 
dilution from equity awards, convertible indebtedness and potential future convertible debt and stock issuances; 
damage to our reputation or brand image; 
our ability to retain key employees (whom we refer to as associates); 
our ability to incur future indebtedness; 
provisions in our charter that could limit the liabilities for directors; and 
the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in 
our subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") 

Any forward-looking statements made by us in this document speak only as of the date on which they are made. We are under no 
obligation, and expressly disclaim any obligation, except as required by law, to update or alter our forward-looking statements, 
whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or otherwise. 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1 

BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Cable  One,  Inc.  (“Cable  One,”  “us,”  “our,”  “we”  or  the  “Company”) is  a  leading  broadband  communications  provider 
committed to connecting customers and communities to what matters most. We strive to deliver an effortless experience by 
offering solutions that make our customers’ lives easier, and by relating to them personally as our neighbors and local business 
partners. Powered by our fiber-rich infrastructure, the Cable One family of brands provides residential customers with a wide 
array of connectivity and entertainment services, including Gigabit speeds, advanced Wi-Fi and video. For businesses ranging 
from small and mid-market up to enterprise, wholesale and carrier, we offer scalable, cost-effective solutions that enable 
businesses of all sizes to grow, compete and succeed. We believe the services we provide are critical to the development of 
new  businesses  and  drive  economic  growth  in  the  non-metropolitan,  secondary  and  tertiary  markets  that  we  serve  in 
24 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 74% of our customers were located 
in seven states: Arizona, Idaho, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma, South Carolina and Texas. We provided services to more 
than 1.1 million residential and business customers out of approximately 2.7 million homes passed as of December 31, 2022. 
Of  these  customers,  approximately  1,060,000 subscribed  to  data  services,  182,000 subscribed  to  video  services  and 
132,000 subscribed to voice services as of December 31, 2022. 

The following map shows the locations of our consolidated markets as of December 31, 2022: 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through three primary product lines. Ranked by share of our total revenues 
during 2022, they are residential data (54.8%), residential video (19.1%) and business services (data, voice and video provided 
to businesses: 17.9%). The profit margins, growth rates and/or capital intensity of these three primary product lines vary 
significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
In  2022,  our  adjusted  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (“Adjusted  EBITDA”)  margins  for 
residential data and business services were approximately five and six times greater, respectively, than for residential video, 
compared  to  nine  and  eleven  times  greater,  respectively,  in  2021.  The  year-over-year  change  was  due  primarily  to  the 
disaggregation of residential bulk video customers and an additional rate adjustment during 2022, resulting in higher overall 
residential video margins compared to 2021. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin for a product line as Adjusted EBITDA 
attributable to that product line divided by revenue attributable to that product line (see the section entitled “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Use of Adjusted EBITDA” for the definition of 
Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable measure 
under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”)). This margin disparity is largely the result of 
significant programming costs and retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which in each of the last 
three years represented between 64% and 66% of total residential video revenues. Neither of our other primary product lines 
has direct costs representing as substantial a portion of revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for 
residential video, and indirect costs are generally allocated on a per primary service unit (“PSU”) basis. 

We focus on growing our higher margin businesses, namely residential data and business services, rather than on growing 
revenues through maximizing customer PSUs. Our strategy acknowledges the industry-wide trends of declining profitability 
of residential video services and declining revenues from residential voice services. The declining profitability of residential 
video services is due primarily to increasing programming costs and retransmission fees and competition from other streaming 
content  providers,  and  the  declining  revenues  from  residential  voice  services  are  due  primarily  to  the  increasing  use  of 
wireless voice services instead of residential voice services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers who are 
likely to produce higher relative value over the life of their service relationships with us, are less attracted by discounting, 
require  less  support  and  churn  less.  This  strategy  focuses  on  increasing  Adjusted  EBITDA,  driving  higher  margins  and 
delivering attractive levels of Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. The following chart shows the relative size of our 
product lines (as a percentage of total revenue) in 2022 as compared to 2015, the year we became an independent public 
company following the completion of our spin-off from Graham Holdings Company ("GHC"): 

Excluding  the  effects  of  recently  completed  and  any  potential  future  acquisitions  and  divestitures,  the  trends  described 
above have impacted, and are expected to further impact, our three primary product lines in the following ways: 

●  Residential data. We have experienced significant growth in residential data customers and revenues since 2013. We 
expect growth for this product line to continue over the long-term as we believe upgrades made in our broadband
capacity, our ability to offer higher access speeds than many of our competitors, the reliability and flexibility of our
data service offerings and our Wi-Fi support service will enable us to continue to grow average monthly revenue per
unit ("ARPU") from our existing customers and capture additional market share from both data subscribers who use
other providers as well as households in our footprint that do not yet subscribe to data services from any provider.
Our  broadband  plant  generally  consists  of  a  fiber-to-the-premises  or  hybrid  fiber-coaxial  ("HFC")  network  with 
ample unused capacity, and we offer our data customers internet products at faster speeds than those available from
competitors in most of our markets. During the fourth quarter of 2022, our average residential data customer used 
639 Gigabytes of data per month, with nearly 20% of our customers using over 1 Terabyte of data per month. We
believe that the capacity and reliability of our networks exceeds that of our competitors in most of our markets and
best positions us to meet the continuously increasing consumption demands of customers. We experienced elevated 
growth rates in residential data customers and revenues during the first two years of the COVID-19 pandemic, but 
are now seeing a return to more normalized, pre-pandemic growth patterns. 

4 

  
  
 
  
  
  
●  Residential video. Residential video service is an increasingly costly and fragmented business, with programming 
costs and retransmission fees continuing to escalate in the face of a proliferation of streaming content alternatives.
We  intend  to  continue  our  strategy  of  focusing  on  the  higher-margin  businesses  of  residential  data  and  business
services  while  de-emphasizing  our  residential  video  business.  As  a  result  of  our  video  strategy,  we  expect  that
residential video customers and revenues will decline further in the future. We now offer Sparklight® TV, an internet
protocol-based  (“IPTV”)  video  service  that  allows  customers  with  our  Sparklight  TV  app  to  stream  our  video
channels from the cloud. This transition from linear to IPTV video service enables us to reclaim bandwidth, freeing 
up network capacity to increase data speeds and capacity across our network. 

●  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data customers and revenues since 2013. We
attribute  this  growth  to  our  strategic  focus  on  increasing  sales  to  business  customers  and  our  efforts  to  attract
enterprise business customers. We expect to experience continued growth in business data customers and revenues
over the long-term. Margins for products sold to business customers have remained attractive, which we expect will
continue. 

We  continue  to  experience  increased  competition,  particularly  from  telephone  companies; fiber,  municipal  and 
cooperative overbuilders; fixed wireless access ("FWA") data providers; over-the-top (“OTT”) video providers; and direct 
broadcast satellite (“DBS”) television providers. Because of the levels of competition we face, we believe it is important to 
make investments in our infrastructure. In addition, a key objective of our capital allocation process is to invest in initiatives 
designed to drive revenue and Adjusted EBITDA expansion. Approximately 65% of our total capital expenditures since 2017 
were focused on infrastructure improvements intended to grow these measures. We continue to invest capital to, among other 
things, increase fiber density and coverage, expand our footprint, increase plant and data capacity, enhance network reliability 
and improve the customer experience. We offer Gigabit download data service to nearly all of our homes passed and have 
deployed DOCSIS 3.1, which, together with Sparklight TV, further increases our network capacity and enables future growth 
in our residential data and business services product lines. 

We expect to continue devoting financial resources to infrastructure improvements in existing and newly acquired markets 
as well as to expand high-speed data service in areas adjacent to our existing network. We believe these investments are 
necessary to continually meet our customers’ needs and to remain competitive. The capital enhancements associated with 
recent acquisitions include rebuilding low-capacity markets; reclaiming bandwidth from analog video services; implementing 
32-channel  bonding;  deploying  DOCSIS 4.0;  consolidating back-office  functions  such  as  billing,  accounting  and  service 
provisioning; migrating products to Cable One's platforms; and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. 

Our primary goals are to continue growing residential data and business services revenues, to increase profit margins and to 
deliver  strong  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  less  capital  expenditures.  To  achieve  these  goals,  we  intend  to 
continue our disciplined cost management approach, remain focused on customers with expected higher relative value and 
follow  through  with  further  planned  investments  in  broadband  plant  upgrades,  including  the  deployment  of  DOCSIS 4.0 
capabilities  and  new  data  service  offerings  for  residential  and  business  customers.  We  also  plan  to  continue  seeking 
broadband-related acquisition and strategic investment opportunities in rural markets in addition to pursuing organic growth 
through market expansion projects. Given our strategic focus on our higher margin residential data and business services 
product lines, we assess our level of capital expenditures relative to Adjusted EBITDA, unlike others in our industry who 
may compare their capital expenditures to revenues due to their much larger residential video customer bases. 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation, which substantially impacts our operational and administrative 
expenses. In addition, we could be significantly impacted by changes to the existing regulatory framework, whether triggered 
by  legislative,  administrative  or  judicial  rulings.  Congress  and  numerous  states,  including  Arizona,  Minnesota  and 
Missouri (where we have subscribers), have proposed legislation and/or administrative actions in the past or currently are 
considering such actions, which could lead to increased regulation of our provision of data services, including proposed rules 
regarding net neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted 
legislation  that  requires  entities  providing  broadband  internet  access  service  in  the  state  to  comply  with  net  neutrality 
requirements  or  that  prohibits  state  and  local  government  agencies  from  contracting  with  internet  service  providers  that 
engage in certain network management activities based on paid prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. We 
cannot predict whether or when any future changes to the regulatory framework will occur at the federal or state level or 
whether or to what extent those changes may affect our operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

We  serve  our  customers  through  a  plant  and  network  with  capacity  generally  measuring  750 megahertz  or  higher 
and have DOCSIS 3.1 capabilities throughout our systems. Our technically advanced fiber-based infrastructure provides for 
delivery of a full suite of data, video and voice products. Our broadband plant generally consists of a fiber-to-the-premises 
or HFC network with ample unused capacity, and nearly all of our homes passed have access to Gigabit download speeds, 
which we believe meaningfully distinguishes our offerings from competitors in most of our markets. As a result of multi-year 
investments in our plant and network, we increased broadband capacity and reliability, which has enabled and will continue 
to enable us to offer even higher download speeds to our customers. In addition, we expect to deploy symmetrical Gigabit 
speeds over our data network in select markets by the end of 2023 and deploy DOCSIS 4.0 beginning in 2024. These upgrades 
will  allow  us  to  further  increase  plant  capacity  in  support  of  ongoing  increases  in  consumer  demand. We  believe  these 
investments will reinforce our competitive strength in this area. 

Corporate History 

In 1986, The Washington Post Company (the prior name of our former corporate parent, GHC) acquired 53 cable television 
systems with approximately 350,000 video subscribers in 15 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. We completed over 
30 acquisitions and dispositions of cable systems through 2015, both through cash sales and system trades. In the process, we 
substantially  reshaped  our  original  geographic  footprint  and  resized  our  typical  system,  including  exiting  a  number  of 
metropolitan markets and acquiring cable systems in non-metropolitan markets that fit our business model. On July 1, 2015, 
we  became  an  independent  company  traded  under  the  ticker  symbol  “CABO”  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  after 
completion of our spin-off from GHC. 

In addition to our organic growth, we have also completed a number of acquisitions in recent years. In 2017, we acquired 
RBI Holding LLC (“NewWave”) for $740.2 million. In 2019, we acquired Delta Communications, L.L.C. (“Clearwave”) for 
$358.8 million and Fidelity Communications Co. (“Fidelity”) for $531.4 million. In 2020, we acquired Valu-Net LLC (“Valu-
Net”) for $38.9 million. In 2020, we contributed the assets of our Anniston, Alabama system (the “Anniston System”) to 
Hargray  in  exchange  for  an  approximately  15%  equity  interest  in  Hargray  and  subsequently  acquired  the  remaining 
approximately  85%  equity  interest  in  2021  for  approximately  $2.0  billion.  We  also  acquired  certain  assets  and  assumed 
certain liabilities from Cable America Missouri, LLC (“CableAmerica”) for $113.1 million in late 2021. 

In 2020, we completed the rebranding of our legacy Cable One consumer-facing business to Sparklight. The Sparklight brand 
better conveys who we are and what we stand for – a company committed to providing our communities with connectivity 
that enriches their world. As part of the rebranding, we began streamlining our residential internet service plans and pricing 
as  well  as  offering  faster  speeds  and unlimited  data  options  on  any  plan.  In  addition,  we  have  strengthened  and  plan  to 
continue to strengthen our commitment to the communities we serve through educational programs, corporate giving and 
donations of time and resources. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In recent years, we have made investments in several broadband-centric providers serving non-urban markets that follow 
various strategies similar to our own. Such strategic investments capitalize on opportunities that may not have existed under 
a full ownership model, allow us to participate more aggressively in the fiber expansion business and may potentially provide 
future  acquisition  or  investment  opportunities,  while  allowing  our  management  team  to  focus  on  our  core  business  and 
without  burdening  our  cash  flow.  In  2020,  we  invested  a  combined  $634.9  million  in  CTI  Towers,  Inc.  (“CTI”),  AMG 
Technology Investment Group, LLC (“Nextlink”), Wisper ISP, LLC (“Wisper”) and Mega Broadband Investments Holdings 
LLC (“MBI”) and contributed the assets of the Anniston System to Hargray in exchange for an approximately 15% equity 
interest. In 2021, we invested a combined $95.8 million in Point Broadband Holdings, LLC (“Point Broadband”), Tristar 
Acquisition  I  Corp  (“Tristar”)  and  Nextlink.  In  2022,  our  strategic  investment  and  divestiture  activities consisted  of  the 
following: 

●  On January 1, 2022, we closed a joint venture transaction in which we contributed certain fiber operations (including
certain fiber assets of Hargray and a majority of the operations of Clearwave) (the "Clearwave Fiber Contribution")
and  certain  unaffiliated  third-party  investors  contributed  cash,  to  a newly  formed  entity,  Clearwave  Fiber  LLC
("Clearwave Fiber"). The operations we contributed generated approximately 3% of our consolidated revenues for
the three months ended December 31, 2021. Our approximately 58% investment in Clearwave Fiber was valued at 
$440.0 million as of the closing date. We recognized a non-cash gain of $22.1 million associated with this transaction.
Clearwave Fiber is intended to accelerate deployment of fiber internet to residents and businesses in existing markets
and near-adjacent areas, as well as to provide connectivity to unserved and underserved areas in such markets via
fiber-to-the-premises service. 

●  On March 24, 2022, we invested an additional $5.4 million in Point Broadband and hold a less than 10% ownership

interest in Point Broadband. 

●  On April 1, 2022, we contributed our Tallahassee, Florida system to MetroNet Systems, LLC, a fiber internet service
provider ("MetroNet"), in exchange for cash consideration of $7.0 million and an equity interest of less than 10% in
MetroNet valued at $7.0 million. 

●  On June 1, 2022, we completed a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership interest in Visionary

Communications, Inc., an internet service provider ("Visionary"), for $7.2 million. 

●  On September 6, 2022, we entered into a subscription agreement with Northwest Fiber Holdco, LLC, a fiber internet
service provider ("Ziply"), under which we agreed to invest up to $50.0 million in Ziply for a less than 10% equity
interest. We invested $22.2 million in Ziply during November 2022 and expect to invest the remaining $27.8 million
during 2023. 

Industry Overview 

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers across various 
geographic regions in the United States, with a primary focus on residential data and business services. We provide services 
that  are  similar  to  those  provided  by  cable  companies,  telephone  companies  and  fiber  providers,  among  others.  These 
providers, each to a varying degree, own and/or lease a network that allows them to deliver their services and distribute their 
signals to the homes and businesses of subscribers. In addition to building their own network backbone and/or leasing physical 
access to the network backbone, companies providing video services also purchase licenses to provide their subscribers with 
access to television channels owned by programmers and broadcasters via distribution over the network backbone. Companies 
providing video services also typically sell advertising on their video channels. 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
These providers generate revenue by charging subscription fees to their residential and business customers at rates that vary 
according to the data, video and/or voice services for which customers subscribe and the type of internet access and equipment 
furnished to them. These companies generally market and sell their services in bundles or packages in order to maximize the 
number of PSUs per household, as they believe it is desirable to sell multiple products jointly so that the fixed costs per 
customer can be spread over multiple PSUs. These providers generally operate in their chosen geographic markets under 
either non-exclusive franchises or other telecommunications licenses granted by state or local authorities for specified periods 
of time. 

We have a record of consistent, long-term financial and operational success driven by our differentiated operating philosophy 
and culture. We emphasize focus as opposed to scale, which is a departure from the historical, more conventional strategies 
employed in our industry, but is well suited to the markets in which we operate and enables us to take advantage of our 
strengths. 

Our Strengths 

We leverage a variety of strengths as a service provider, stemming from, among other things, historical and ongoing capital 
investments  in  our  plant  and  our  focus  on  serving  customers  in  non-metropolitan  markets.  These  strengths  include  the 
following: 

Attractive markets and regional diversification. Our customers are located primarily in non-metropolitan, secondary and 
tertiary markets with favorable competitive dynamics in comparison to major urban centers. In particular: 

●  We tend to face less vigorous competition than similar service providers in metropolitan markets at this time. In
approximately  two-thirds of  our  footprint,  we  do  not  have  a  wired  competitor  that  offers  residential  broadband
download speeds of 100 Megabits per second ("Mbps") or higher, which is only half the speed of our flagship 200
Mbps residential high-speed data offering. 

●  Advances in technology often come later to our markets — for example, fewer competitors in our markets offer

fiber-to-the-premises or "5G" wireless service than in more densely populated markets. 

●  Our  subscribers  tend  to  be  value-focused,  enabling  us  to  save  video  services  costs  by  not  carrying  expensive

programming options with low subscriber demand. 

●  We are regionally diversified, reducing the impact that an economic downturn in a specific geographic area would

have on our overall business. 

Deep customer understanding. We have operated as a non-metropolitan service provider for over 25 years and we are attuned 
to the unique needs of customers in these areas. In order to understand our customers’ demands and preferences, we routinely 
conduct  customer  research  through  a  variety  of  methods,  including  customer  satisfaction  surveys,  geo-demographic 
segmentation studies and other analytics. Together with the direct customer contact we engage in through our virtual call 
centers  and  local  operating  offices,  we  believe  we  have  gained  valuable  insight  into  how  to  serve  customers  in  non-
metropolitan  markets,  including  with  respect  to  providing  an  optimal  mix  of  data  speeds,  price  points  and  best-in-class 
customer service levels. In addition, a significant majority of our associates reside and work in our markets, providing local 
services through education programs and donations of time and resources that enhance our commitment to the communities 
we serve. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Superior broadband technology with ample unused capacity. We offer our residential and business data customers internet 
products at faster speeds than those available from competitors in most of our markets. Our broadband plant generally consists 
of  a  fiber-to-the-premises  or  HFC  network  with  ample  unused  capacity.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2022,  our  average 
residential data customer used 639 Gigabytes of data per month, with nearly 20% of our residential data customers using over 
1 Terabyte of data per month. We believe capacity demands such as these cannot be handled by most of the competitors in 
our markets. In addition, during 2022 our network reliability was 99.5%, significantly exceeding competing service providers 
who use other technologies and networks. 

Our flagship broadband offering for residential customers is a download speed of 200 Mbps, which is at the faster end of the 
range for similar residential offerings in our markets, although a growing majority of our customers now subscribe to even 
higher speed offerings. Our fastest broadband offering for our residential customers is currently a download speed of up to 1 
Gigabit per second (“Gbps”). We also offer an advanced Wi-Fi solution to residential customers across substantially all of 
our footprint that provides customers with enhanced Wi-Fi signal strength, which extends and improves the Wi-Fi signal 
throughout the home. This service is offered free of charge to residential customers who rent one or more modems from us. 
We are also rolling out a Wi-Fi 6E mesh system offering, the most advanced Wi-Fi system available in the market today. On 
the business side, we offer our small- and medium-sized business customers up to 5 Gbps symmetrical speeds over fiber in 
select markets and our enterprise customers 10 Gbps symmetrical speeds over fiber. 

Network reliability is critical to our success and is the tenet of our day-to-day operating philosophy. Our investment in and 
focus  on  future  demand  planning  has  been  intended  to  ensure  that  network  performance  is  never  a  barrier  to  customer 
satisfaction. Since completing significant, multi-year plant and product enhancements in existing Cable One markets in 2017, 
we have continued to make ongoing investments in our acquired systems, which has increased our broadband capacity and 
reliability. We have invested nearly $1.1 billion over the last three years to bring fast, reliable high-speed data service to our 
markets.  We  expect  to  continue  to  invest  in  strategic  capital  projects,  including  those  associated  with  newly  acquired 
operations  and  market  expansions,  because  we  believe  the  competitive  benefits  will  be  significant,  particularly  for  data 
services. We also made the following capital investments in 2022: 

●  We continued to decrease the average number of data customers per unique service group by aggressively splitting 
service areas (fiber nodes), which substantially improves data throughput during periods of peak usage, minimizing 
disruptions in data access speeds to our customers. 

●  We continued to invest in plant upgrade projects, which have enhanced reliability and allowed us to stay ahead of 
the  consumption  curve  related  to  broadband  capacity  and  utilization,  and  plant  extension  projects,  which  have 
expanded the number of serviceable homes and businesses. 

●  We  continued  to  deploy  10  Gbps-capable fiber-to-the-premises  technology  for  both  residential  and  business 

customers across multiple markets, placing fiber deeper into the network and closer to customers. 

We anticipate that the projects we have invested in over the last several years will facilitate sustained increases in residential 
data and business services revenues and customer satisfaction. 

Low cost structure and competitive pricing. We believe our operating costs, taken as a whole, are as low as or lower than 
any major service provider. We attribute our low-cost structure to a committed focus on retaining our highest value customers 
(rather  than  seeking  to  obtain  as  many  PSUs  as  possible)  and  the  lower  costs  of  operating  in  non-metropolitan  markets 
compared  to  metropolitan  markets.  In  addition,  because  we  operate  our  residential  and  business  data  services  with  a 
competitive plant and cost structure, we are able to offer our customers both attractive pricing and compelling products. 

Integration acumen. We believe middle-market acquisition targets continue to provide attractive accretive opportunities. We 
also continue to learn and adopt best practices and solutions from our acquired operations. Whether it’s our company-wide 
incentive program we implemented from NewWave, the innovative video chat solution from Fidelity that proved essential to 
connecting and servicing customers during the pandemic, the adoption of Hargray’s human resources platform or the talented 
associates who have joined our company across all of our acquisitions, the valuable experience and tangible and intangible 
gains from these acquisitions has sharpened our expertise in applying our best in class operating model, leading to meaningful 
synergy realizations and margin expansion beginning shortly after the completion of each acquisition. 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Continuous process improvement mindset. From transactional improvements to large scale innovations, continuous process 
improvement permeates all that we do in order for us to thrive in an increasingly competitive marketplace and remain a cost-
efficient  operator. For  example,  we have recently  launched our  automated field  maintenance program  and our  automated 
truck  roll  recommendation  engine  which provide  efficiencies  to  enable  our  associates  to  better  serve  our  customers.  The 
automated field maintenance program monitors our plant and creates work orders prior to a customer experiencing an issue. 
This  further  improves  the  reliability  of  our  service  while  driving  efficient  routing  for  our  internal  workforce,  who  are 
increasingly shifting from reactive to proactive maintenance of our network. Our automated truck roll recommendation engine 
is  a  machine  learning  system  that  analyzes  cable  modem  signals  to  determine  if  a  customer’s  device  is  not  performing 
optimally and cannot be fixed via remote troubleshooting. This new process enables our associates and customers to bypass 
time-consuming steps in the process and move directly to an onsite technician. 

Customer satisfaction. We have a customer-focused approach, influencing how we are organized, how we sell our services 
and how we service our customers. A significant majority of our associates live and work in the communities that we serve 
and are neighbors to our customers. We believe that our dedication to providing a differentiated customer experience is an 
important  driver  of  our  overall  value  proposition  and  creates  loyalty,  improves  customer  retention  and  drives  increased 
demand for our services. We focus on customer satisfaction, with an emphasis on consistently benchmarking our customer 
satisfaction over time and relative to our competitors based on internally and externally generated customer satisfaction data. 
We continue to focus on making the lives of our customers easier by providing value-added services, such as expanding 
customer  self-service  options  through  improved  residential  and  business  online  portals  and  creating  a  more  personalized 
experience in updated and refreshed local offices. In addition, we provide 24/7 network monitoring and support to ensure our 
customers experience the highest quality and most reliable service possible. In 2022, for the second year in a row, we were 
named to PC Magazine’s list of the ten fastest internet service providers. 

Associate satisfaction. Associates are the heart of Cable One. Our operating success is driven by engaged and committed 
associates. We believe our customers’ satisfaction is tightly linked to our associates’ satisfaction, which has been consistently 
high throughout the past decade based on routine internal measurements. We currently measure our associate satisfaction 
annually along with conducting multiple periodic associate surveys. In 2022, for the second year in a row, we were named to 
Forbes' America's Best Midsize Employers list. 

Experienced management team. Our senior management team is comprised of executives who have significant experience 
in our industry. Our executive officers have an average industry tenure of nearly 24 years and an average tenure at Cable One 
(or its predecessors) of over 11 years, and we believe this team is deeply knowledgeable about cost and competitive conditions 
in our markets. They also understand and are deeply committed to our strategy, which we developed, enhanced and updated 
on a collaborative basis over many years. 

Our Strategy 

Our purpose is to connect our customers and communities to what matters most by doing right by those we serve, driving 
progress and lending a hand. We accomplish this through a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our long track record of 
focusing on the right markets, the right products and the right customers, as well as controlling our operating and capital 
costs. More specifically, our strategy includes the following principal components: 

Focus on non-metropolitan markets. We believe our decision over two decades ago to concentrate on non-metropolitan 
markets has served us well, and we intend to continue to focus on offering our products primarily in these markets. The 
economics of non-metropolitan markets, for which we have optimized our strategy and our operations, are different from 
operations in major cities and have yielded positive operating results for our business. Because price points for services in 
non-metropolitan markets are generally lower, and customers in non-metropolitan markets tend to subscribe to fewer PSUs, 
our average revenue per customer and our PSUs per customer are lower than they might be in metropolitan markets. However, 
many of our costs are also lower than they would be in metropolitan markets. The dynamics of non-metropolitan markets 
enable us to operate at attractive margins and earn substantial returns, while remaining consistent with our focus on meeting 
customer  demand  for  low  prices  and  simultaneously  keeping  costs  down.  In  addition,  we  tend  to  face  less  vigorous 
competition than service providers in metropolitan markets. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Prioritize  higher  growth,  higher  margin  opportunities.  We  concentrate  on  the  products  and  customers  that  maximize 
Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and provide the best opportunity for profitable growth. We believe residential 
video  and  residential  voice  face  inexorable  long-term  declines.  With  respect  to  our  video  product,  programmers  and 
broadcasters are charging higher rates and retransmission fees for content to distributors providing video services (often for 
content for which viewership is declining), and distributors have had to choose between absorbing those increases to the 
detriment of their margins or passing on the full cost to customers, which adversely affects customer demand. At the same 
time, the rapid expansion of OTT offerings has given customers new alternatives to traditional video offerings. In addition, 
customer  demand  for  wireless  voice  services  has  reduced  demand  for  residential  voice  services  for  us  and  others  in  our 
industry.  As  a  result,  we  have  reduced  our  focus  on  these  two  products  and  prioritized  higher  growth,  higher  margin 
opportunities in residential data and business services. 

We have declined to cross-subsidize our video business with cash flow from our higher growth, higher margin products, 
which has resulted in our residential video customers declining at a faster rate than the industry average. Our legacy Cable 
One residential video PSUs decreased by 34.7% when comparing 2022 versus 2021 and 18.2% when comparing 2021 versus 
2020. While this strategy runs contrary to the historical, conventional wisdom in our industry, which put heavy emphasis on 
video customer counts and maximizing the number of PSUs per customer by bundling and discounting services, we believe 
it best positions us for long-term success. For us, success in growing and retaining residential data and business customers is 
far more important than maximizing the number of customers who choose triple-play packages combining data, video and 
voice services. 

Drive  growth  in  residential  data  and  business  services.  We  believe  our  residential  data  and  business  services  products 
provide  attractive  current  and  future  growth  opportunities.  Our  disciplined  prioritization  of  residential  data  and  business 
services is generally reflected in all aspects of our business strategy, including pricing, the allocation of sales, marketing and 
customer service resources, capital spending and supplier negotiations. During 2022, we continued to diversify our revenue 
streams away from video as residential data and business services represented 72.7% of our total revenues versus 71.3% 
for 2021 and 68.2% for 2020. We believe we have demonstrated that it is possible to decouple unit growth in our residential 
data and residential video businesses, which historically were marketed as a package. We focus on selling data-only packages 
to new customers rather than cross-selling video services to these customers, and a majority of our residential customers are 
data-only. 

Our  business  services  revenues  decreased  $3.5 million,  or  1.1%,  in  2022  compared  to  2021.  Business  services  revenues 
included $5.0 million of additional revenues from Hargray and CableAmerica operations in 2022 and included $22.5 million 
of revenues associated with Clearwave operations that were contributed to Clearwave Fiber in 2021. We expect to generate 
continued  organic  growth  in  business  services  by  leveraging  and  investing  in  our  existing  infrastructure  capabilities  and 
footprint to offer higher broadband speeds, more choice and greater value than other providers in our markets and to expand 
our business services to attract more small, medium-sized and enterprise business customers. 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Continue our culture of cost leadership. We believe our total combined operating and capital costs per customer over the 
past  decade  have  been among  the  lowest  of any  service  provider  with  publicly  reported  numbers  and  that  our  operating 
margins compare very favorably with those of significantly bigger companies in our industry. This is the antithesis of normal 
economies-of-scale  expectations,  where  higher  volumes  are  expected  to  create  lower  costs  per  customer  and  increase 
operating margins. Rather than increasing our size and seeking cost savings through economies-of-scale, we have achieved 
our lower cost structure over many years by focusing on: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

serving  primarily  non-metropolitan,  secondary  and  tertiary  markets,  which  contain  different  customer  dynamics 
from those in metropolitan markets and would require us to implement additional operational components; 

the adoption of new technologies only after they have been tested by other companies, rather than incurring the level 
of capital expenditures and risk necessary to be an early adopter of most new technologies; 

implementing a virtually centralized call center to receive inbound customer service calls and dispatch technicians 
across all of our markets, while keeping the majority of our call center associates in our non-metropolitan markets; 

standardizing our programming offerings across most of our markets, which reduces our customer service costs, in 
contrast to other service providers that offer different programming packages in different markets; 

focusing  on  retaining  and  seeking  expected  higher  relative  value  customers  rather  than  trying  to  maximize  the 
number of PSUs; 

aligning our resources to emphasize increased sales of residential data services and sales to business customers and 
continuing our disciplined cost management approach, rather than committing resources equally to sales of all of 
our products; 

investing  in  self-service  channels  to  improve  customer  satisfaction  by  allowing  us  to  meet  changing  customer 
expectations for around-the-clock service while also avoiding unnecessary wait times; and 

implementation  of digital  transformation  initiatives  that  include automation  and  customer  self-service  within  our 
processes, which enables us to better allocate resources to more value-added activities and enables our customers 
and associates to thrive in an increasingly digital world. 

We believe our strategy has produced positive results for our customers, associates and stockholders and we have begun 
applying this strategy in our acquired operations. Our strategy has allowed us to continually decrease customer service phone 
calls and truck rolls. We have been able to achieve these operational efficiencies at the same time as our customer base has 
grown rapidly, while simultaneously maintaining customer satisfaction scores. 

Balanced capital allocation. We are committed to a disciplined approach to evaluating acquisitions, internal and external 
investments, capital structure optimization and return of capital in order to build long-term stockholder value. We proactively 
invest  in  our  network,  within  both  existing  markets  and  in  near-adjacent areas.  We  also  assess  available  inorganic 
opportunities through either full acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary companies as we believe part of 
our strategy is to be the natural aggregator of rural broadband assets in small cities and large towns. When identifying and 
assessing  acquisition  targets,  we  look  for  providers  with  a  data-centric  product  mix,  comparable  market  demographics, 
geographic alignment, attractive competitive positions, visible growth and margin expansion opportunities, stable financial 
performance, leading broadband technologies and similar cultures. When evaluating strategic investment opportunities, we 
look for companies that we would consider acquiring in the future and that have proven operating leaders alongside trusted 
financial partners. We return capital to shareholders through dividends and opportunistic share repurchases, and may also pay 
down outstanding debt. 

Target higher relative value residential customers. We employ rigorous analytics to gain a deeper understanding of our 
customers and drive profitable decision making throughout the organization. We use data analytics to help refine our go-to-
market strategy and identify customers likely to produce higher relative value over the life of their service relationships with 
us,  rather  than  seeking  to  maximize  the  number  of  PSUs.  Our  investments  in  business  intelligence  have  enabled  us  to 
integrate, analyze and visualize increasingly complex data sets, in near real-time, and in a format that drives strategic and 
operational decisions. As a result, our organization has more rapidly identified, modeled, tested, analyzed and implemented 
initiatives that align with our strategic focus of attracting and retaining higher relative value customers. Business intelligence 
also enables us to be more predictive with customer habits and industrywide trends. For example, our decision to focus on 
data-only customers was guided by such data analytics. We believe that optimizing our relationships with these customers, 
as video and voice cord-cutting accelerates, is both a necessity and an opportunity for our business. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our Products 

Residential Data Services 

Residential data services represented 54.8%, 52.0% and 50.5% of our total revenues for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 
We offer simplified data plans with lower pricing and higher speeds across our premium tiers, with download speeds up to 1 
Gbps available to nearly all of our residential customers as of December 31, 2022. We also offer our customers the option to 
purchase an unlimited data plan regardless of speed tier. Further, to meet the increasing bandwidth needs of our customers 
who use a growing number of devices in the home, we offer most of our customers our advanced Wi-Fi service combining 
state-of-the-art  technology  solutions  with  certified  technicians,  who  locate  and  configure  hardware  based  on  individual 
customer needs. This service provides customers with enhanced Wi-Fi signal strength, which extends and improves the Wi-
Fi signal throughout the home. 

Residential Video Services 

Residential video services represented 19.1%, 21.2% and 25.1% of our total revenues for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 
We offer a broad variety of residential video services, generally ranging from a basic video service to a full digital service 
with access to hundreds of channels. We now offer Sparklight TV, an IPTV video service that allows customers to stream 
our video channels from the cloud through a new app on supported devices, such as the Amazon Firestick, Apple TV and 
Android-based smart televisions, and provides a cloud-based DVR feature that does not require the use of a set-top box.  

Business Services 

We consider the data, voice and video products we provide to our business customers to be a separate product from our 
residential versions of these services. Business services represented 17.9%, 19.2% and 17.7% of our total revenues for 2022, 
2021  and  2020,  respectively.  We  offer  services  for  businesses  ranging  in  size  from  small  to  mid-market,  in  addition  to 
enterprise, wholesale and carrier customers. We believe we will continue to experience growth in sales to business customers 
over the long term given the sizeable total addressable market within our footprint and our history of expanding penetration 
rates. 

Our offerings for small businesses are provided over a mixture of our fiber and HFC networks, with all new buildouts being 
fiber. Our data services offer various options with download speeds ranging from 25 Mbps up to 1 Gbps over HFC, with 
varying upload speeds, along with managed Wi-Fi. Our small business voice solutions include hosted voice with unified 
communications as a service from one line to multi-line options, including the availability of popular calling features like 
simultaneous ring, hunt groups and selective call forwarding. Business video packages range from a basic service tier to a 
comprehensive selection including variety, news and sports programming in high-definition. Our small- and medium-sized 
business customers experience up to 5 Gbps symmetrical speeds over fiber in select markets. 

We offer delivery of data and voice services using fiber-to-the-premises technology primarily for mid-market customers. This 
shared fiber architecture provides for symmetrical data speeds ranging from 50 Mbps to 5 Gbps. We expect to expand this 
technology to additional areas and markets each year for the foreseeable future, especially in our competitive locations. 

For enterprise and wholesale customers, we offer dedicated bandwidth and Enterprise Wi-Fi in addition to multiple voice 
services via fiber optic technology. Our fiber optic-based products include dark fiber in addition to dedicated internet access 
and E-Line, E-Lan and E-Access Ethernet services. We also offer network-to-network interface connections to other carriers 
at multiple points of presence across the United States. Our enterprise customers experience symmetrical speeds of up to 10 
Gbps over fiber. 

Residential Voice Services 

Residential voice services represented 2.5%, 3.0% and 3.6% of our total revenues for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The 
majority  of our  residential voice  service offerings  transmit  digital  voice signals over our network  and  are  interconnected 
Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) services. We also offer traditional telecommunications services through some of our 
subsidiaries. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Competition 

We operate in a highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing industry and compete with a growing number of 
entities that provide a broad range of communications products, services and content to subscribers. Our competitors have 
historically included, and we expect will continue to include, DBS providers, telephone companies that offer data and video 
services through digital subscriber line (“DSL”) technology or fiber-to-the-node networks, municipalities and cooperatives 
with fiber-based networks, regional fiber providers and other service providers that have been granted a franchise to operate 
in a geographic market in which we are already operating.  

We also face increasing competition from wireless telephone companies for our residential voice services, as our customers 
continue  to  replace  our  residential  voice  services  with  wireless  voice  services.  New  entrants  with  significant  financial 
resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services, and as more wireless voice service providers offer 
unlimited  data  options,  some  customers  may  choose  to  forgo  our  data  services  altogether.  We  may  also  face  increasing 
competition from various providers of wireless internet offerings, including FWA providers that are deploying high-speed 
“5G”  wireless  networks  where  they  have  higher  capacity  spectrum  and  public  locations  or  commercial  establishments 
offering  Wi-Fi  at  no  cost.  To  date  we  have  not  faced  meaningful  FWA-triggered  customer  losses.  If  and  when  FWA 
meaningfully enters our markets, we believe we will be in a strong long-term competitive position as our wired infrastructure 
provides for speeds and capacity far in excess of what any FWA competitor can provide given the limitations of the new 
technology. 

In approximately two-thirds of our footprint, we do not have a wired competitor that offers residential broadband download 
speeds of 100 Mbps or higher, which is only half the speed of our flagship 200 Mbps residential high-speed data offering. 

Certain municipalities and cooperatives have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds 
that  match  or  exceed  ours  through  the  use  of  fiber-to-the-node  or  fiber-to-the-premises  technology.  In  some  cases,  local 
government entities and municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from a state or local 
governmental franchising authority (“LFA”), reducing their barriers to entry into our markets. The entrance of municipalities 
as competitors in our markets would add to the competition we face and could lead to some customer attrition. 

While not an area of strategic focus for us, our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other 
forms of in-home and mobile entertainment, including, among others, Amazon Prime Video, Apple TV+, Disney+, HBO 
Max, Hulu, Netflix, Paramount+, Peacock, YouTube TV and an increasing number of new entrants who offer OTT video 
programming, including many traditional programmers. Because of the significant size and financial resources of many of 
the  companies  behind  such  service  offerings,  we  anticipate  that  they  will  continue  to  invest  resources  in  increasing  the 
availability of video content over the internet, which may result in less demand for the video services we provide. Despite 
the  negative  impact  this  competition  has  on  our  video  business,  these  services  also  generate  additional  demand  for  our 
residential data business due to customers’ continued growing need for data services. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also  intense  as  both  local  telephone 
companies and regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. While certain of these 
entities  are  currently  more  widely  known  for  dedicated  fiber  services  than  we  are,  we  maintain  a  competitive  advantage 
through our local presence and deep customer relationships in the communities we serve. 

In addition, in recent years, federal and state governments have offered billions of dollars in subsidies to companies deploying 
broadband to areas deemed to be “unserved” or “underserved,” using funds from the Federal Communications Commission's 
(the "FCC") Rural Digital Opportunity Fund ("RDOF") auction in 2020, The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”), 
and  The  Infrastructure  Investment  and  Jobs  Act  of  2021  (the  “Infrastructure  Act”).  Although  we intend  to  oppose  such 
subsidies to competitors when directed to areas that we already serve, our challenge efforts may not always be successful and 
efforts to use governmental funds to subsidize the deployment of broadband in areas that we already serve could result in 
increased competition. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Human Capital Resources 

Associate Metrics 

As  of December  31,  2022,  we  had  3,132 full-time  and  part-time  associates,  compared  to  3,628  full-time  and  part-time 
associates at December 31, 2021. The decrease in associates year-over-year was due primarily to the transfer of associates to 
Clearwave Fiber. None of our associates were represented by a union at December 31, 2022 or 2021. Women represented 
approximately 33% of our total associate base and 36% of management-level positions at December 31, 2022 compared to 
30% of our total associate base and 35% of management-level positions as of December 31, 2021.We were recently named 
by the Women in Cable Telecommunications Network as one of the 2022 Top Companies for Women to Work based on the 
results of their most recent pay equity, advancement opportunities and resources workplace diversity survey. 

Associate Engagement, Retention and Compensation Programs and Benefits 

We believe our associates are our most important resources and are critical to our continued success. We strive to attract, 
develop, motivate and retain associates with an emphasis on performance and productivity. We seek to maintain alignment, 
foster  accountability  and  encourage  long-term  focus  throughout  all  levels  of  associates  at our  Company.  Our  average 
associate tenure at Cable One (or its predecessors) is nearly 10 years. 

Our  senior  management  team  is  comprised  of  executives  who  have  significant  experience  in  our  industry.  They  also 
understand and are deeply committed to our strategy, which we developed, enhanced and updated on a collaborative basis 
over many years. Our executive officers have an average industry tenure of nearly 24 years and an average tenure at Cable 
One (or its predecessors) of over 11 years, and we believe this team is deeply knowledgeable about cost and competitive 
conditions in our markets. 

Our total rewards compensation philosophy encompasses pay, health benefits, incentives, wellness and career development 
options.  Our  pay-for-performance  philosophy  permeates  our  organization.  Merit  increases  are  based  on  individual 
performance  and  market  conditions,  and  all  associates  are  eligible  for  an  annual  bonus  based  on  objective  corporate 
performance goals shared by everyone in the Company. 

We also focus on associate satisfaction. We believe that customer satisfaction is tightly linked to associate satisfaction, which 
routine internal measurements have shown to be consistently high throughout the past decade. We currently measure our 
associate satisfaction annually along with conducting multiple periodic associate surveys. Management reviews our associate 
satisfaction surveys to monitor associate morale and receive feedback on a variety of issues. 

Talent Development and Training 

We  believe  in  investing  in  the  development  and  careers  of  our  associates  to  allow  them  to  reach  their  potential  in  a 
competitive, constantly changing and innovative industry. We engage our associates through internal and external programs 
to  develop  specialized  knowledge  and  leadership  skills.  Associates  have  access  to  online  development  programs  for 
professional skills and certification preparation through our e-learning platform. Specialized technical training for eligible 
associates  helps  them  grow  professionally  and  enables  them  to  provide  differentiated  customer  experience.  Our  tuition 
reimbursement  program  enables  associates  to  earn  certificates  in  areas  such  as  network  programming,  data  analysis  and 
network administration and security. Others leverage our educational benefits to earn their associates, bachelor’s and master’s 
degrees. 

To prepare associates for current and future leadership roles at our Company, we invest heavily in leadership development 
programs for everyone from frontline leaders to executive leadership through both in-house and third-party learning courses. 
Company leaders receive training on leadership expectations, developing associates, building great teams and competing to 
win to ensure we are consistent in what it means to be a leader at Cable One. 

We have a long track record of promoting associates from within, including Julia M. Laulis, our Chair of the Board, President 
and Chief Executive Officer, who has been with Cable One for more than 20 years and began her career at Cable One as a 
Director of Marketing. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Health and Safety 

Our safety team that is responsible for company-wide safety education and training programs. In an effort to minimize or 
eliminate hazards, we regularly analyze indicators and areas where risks and injuries can occur. We also have mandatory 
compliance and safety training for associates, with more than 20,000 instructional hours completed in 2022. 

Diversity and Inclusion 

We are an equal opportunity employer that strives to provide an inclusive and respectful environment that represents a wide 
range of backgrounds, cultures and experiences. We are committed to fostering an environment in which all associates and 
customers  are  valued.  We  foster  a  diverse  and  inclusive  culture  by  offering  competitive  compensation,  a  comprehensive 
rewards program and opportunities for all of our associates to grow personally and professionally. Our Inclusion and Diversity 
Advisory Board (the “I&D Advisory Board”) is made up of individuals across the organization from frontline associates to 
members of management. The I&D Advisory Board was created to further strengthen a culture of respect and inclusion at 
Cable One. Members of our I&D Advisory Board cultivate resources that are accessible on our intranet, bring in outside 
speakers  and  host  events  to  inform,  educate  and  provide  all  associates  with  a  voice  to  share  their  unique  experiences, 
perspectives and viewpoints. In 2022, there were a total of 2,401 participants that joined different sessions provided. 

Available Information and Website 

Our  internet  address  is  www.sparklight.com.  We  make  available  free  of  charge  through  our  investor  relations  website, 
ir.cableone.net, copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-
K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are electronically filed with 
the SEC. Printed copies of these documents will be furnished without charge (except exhibits) to any stockholder upon written 
request addressed to our Secretary at 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 85012. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, 
that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically 
with the SEC. 

The contents of these websites are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be 
deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act. Further, our references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references 
only. 

Information About Our Executive Officers 

The following table presents certain information, as of February 23, 2023, concerning our executive officers. 

Name 

    Age 
Julia M. Laulis .........................      60 
Michael E. Bowker ..................      54 
 Todd M. Koetje ........................      46 
59 
 Kenneth E. Johnson..................    
40 
Christopher D. Boone ..............    
Megan M. Detz .........................   
46 
Eric M. Lardy ...........................  
49 
James A. Obermeyer ................    
59 
Peter N. Witty ..........................    
55 

Position 

   Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
   Chief Operating Officer 
   Chief Financial Officer 
    Chief Technology and Digital Officer 
   Senior Vice President, Business Services and Emerging Markets 
   Senior Vice President, Human Resources 
   Senior Vice President, Operations and Integration 
   Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales 
   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
Julia M. Laulis 

Ms. Laulis has been Chair of the Board since January 2018, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors 
(the “Board”) since January 2017 and President of Cable One since January 2015. 

Ms. Laulis joined Cable One in 1999 as Director of Marketing – Northwest Division. In 2001, she was named Vice President 
of Operations for the Southwest Division. In 2004, she became responsible for starting Cable One’s Phoenix Customer Care 
Center. Ms. Laulis was named Chief Operations Officer in 2008, responsible for the Company's three operation divisions and 
two call centers. In 2012, Ms. Laulis was named Chief Operating Officer, adding sales, marketing and technology to her 
responsibilities. In January 2015, she was promoted to President and Chief Operating Officer. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Ms. Laulis was with Jones Communications in the Washington, D.C. area and Denver, where she 
served in various marketing management positions. Ms. Laulis began her 39-year career in the cable industry with Hauser 
Communications. 

Ms. Laulis serves on the boards of The AES Corporation, CableLabs and C-SPAN. 

Michael E. Bowker 

Mr. Bowker has been Chief Operating Officer of Cable One since May 2017. 

Mr. Bowker joined Cable One in 1999 as Advertising Regional Sales Manager. Mr. Bowker has been a Vice President of 
Cable One since 2005. He was named Vice President of Sales in 2012 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief 
Sales and Marketing Officer in 2014. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Bowker was with AT&T Media Services and TCI Cable, where he served in various sales 
management positions. 

Mr. Bowker serves as Vice Chairman of ACA Connects — America’s Communications Association. 

Todd M. Koetje 

Mr. Koetje has been Chief Financial Officer of Cable One since July 2022. He previously served as Senior Vice President, 
Business Development and Finance of Cable One from August 2021 through June 2022. 

Prior  to  joining  Cable  One,  Mr.  Koetje served  as  Managing  Director  &  Group  Head  of  the  Technology,  Media  & 
Telecommunications Leveraged Finance team at Truist Securities. 

Kenneth E. Johnson 

Mr.  Johnson  has  been  Chief  Technology  and  Digital  Officer  since  January  2023.  He  previously  served  as  Senior  Vice 
President, Technology Services of Cable One from May 2018 through December 2022. 

Mr. Johnson joined Cable One in 2017 as Vice President, Northeast Division following Cable One’s acquisition of NewWave. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Johnson served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer for NewWave. 
Prior to NewWave, Mr. Johnson was Chief Technology Officer for SureWest Communications and Everest Connections. 

Mr. Johnson serves on the board of the Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Christopher D. Boone 

Mr. Boone has been Senior Vice President, Business Services and Emerging Markets of Cable One since January 2021. 

Mr. Boone joined Cable One in 2010 as a Business Sales Manager. He was named Vice President of Business Services in 
2016. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Boone was with Cox Communications, where he served in various sales management roles. 

Megan M. Detz 

Ms. Detz has been Senior Vice President, Human Resources of Cable One since May 2021. 

Ms. Detz joined Cable One following the Hargray Acquisition. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Ms. Detz served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources & Administration at Hargray. Prior 
to Hargray, Ms. Detz was Chief People Officer at VARIDESK and Senior Vice President, Human Capital at NTT DATA, 
Inc. 

Eric M. Lardy 

Mr. Lardy has been Senior Vice President, Operations and Integration of Cable One since June 2020. 

Mr. Lardy joined Cable One in 1997 as a manager in one of our systems and has held a variety of positions of increasing 
responsibility  in  marketing,  operations  and  system  general  management.  Mr.  Lardy  was  named  Vice  President,  Strategic 
Planning and Finance in 2014 and was promoted to Senior Vice President in January 2017. 

James A. Obermeyer 

Mr. Obermeyer has been Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales of Cable One since February 2020. 

Prior  to  joining  Cable  One,  Mr.  Obermeyer  served  as  Vice  President  of  Marketing  at  Charter  Communications.  Prior  to 
Charter Communications, he was Managing Director of Brand and Consumer Marketing for NASCAR and Chief Marketing 
Officer for Supra Telecom. 

Mr. Obermeyer serves on the board of the National Cable Television Cooperative. 

Peter N. Witty 

Mr. Witty has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Cable One since April 2018. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Witty served as General Counsel and Secretary for Gas Technology Institute (“GTI”), an 
energy research, development and training organization. Prior to GTI, he spent 10 years with Abbott Laboratories, serving in 
various positions, including as Senior Counsel and Division Counsel. Mr. Witty previously practiced law as an associate at 
Latham & Watkins LLP and Ross & Hardies (now McGuireWoods LLP). 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Regulation and Legislation 

General 

Our  data,  video  and  voice  operations  are  subject  to  various  requirements  imposed  by  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local 
governmental authorities. The regulation of certain cable rates pursuant to procedures established by Congress has negatively 
affected our revenues. Certain other legislative, regulatory and judicial matters discussed in this section also have the potential 
to adversely affect our data, video and voice businesses. The following discussion does not purport to be a complete summary 
of  all  the  provisions  of  federal,  state  and  local  law  that  may  affect  our  operations.  Proposals  for  additional  or  revised 
regulations and requirements are pending before Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. We 
generally  cannot  predict  whether  new  legislation  or  regulations,  court  action  or  a  change  in  the  extent  of  application  or 
enforcement of current laws and regulations would have an adverse impact on our operations. 

Broadband Internet Access Services  

Broadband internet access service, which we currently offer in all our systems, is subject to some regulation at the federal 
level and is not subject to state or local government regulation at this time, except for the state net neutrality laws discussed 
below. 

Regulatory Reclassification and Net Neutrality Regulation. In 2017, the FCC adopted the Restoring Internet Freedom Order 
(the “Internet Freedom Order”), which reinstated broadband internet access service as an “information service” under Title I 
of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). The Internet Freedom Order rescinded the 
majority of the open internet rules adopted by the FCC in 2015 in the Open Internet Order, with the exception of enhanced 
disclosure requirements that require broadband internet access service providers to disclose information regarding network 
management, performance and commercial terms of the service to their customers. In October 2020, the FCC reaffirmed its 
previous findings about the Internet Freedom Order after certain issues were remanded to it by the U.S. Court of Appeals for 
the District of Columbia Circuit. In July 2021, President Biden issued an Executive Order on Promoting Competition in the 
American Economy that encouraged the FCC to consider adopting net neutrality rules similar to those originally adopted in 
2015. Numerous parties also have urged the FCC to take action regarding net neutrality. Any such action by the FCC likely 
would be subject to further judicial review. 

Congress  and  numerous  states,  including  Arizona,  Minnesota  and  Missouri  (where  we  have  subscribers),  have  proposed 
legislation and/or administrative actions in the past or currently are considering such actions, which could lead to increased 
regulation  of  our  provision  of  data  services,  including  proposed  rules  regarding  net  neutrality.  Several  states,  including 
Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted legislation that requires entities providing broadband 
internet access service in the state to comply with net neutrality requirements or that prohibits state and local government 
agencies from contracting with internet service providers that engage in certain network management activities based on paid 
prioritization,  content  blocking  or  other  discrimination.  Net  neutrality  obligations  could  cause  us  to  incur  additional 
compliance costs, and the enforcement or interpretation of these new obligations could adversely affect our business. We 
cannot predict whether or when any future changes to the regulatory framework will occur at the federal or state level or 
whether or to what extent those changes may affect our operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

Disclosure and Non-Discrimination Requirements. As stated above, the FCC’s current rules require broadband internet access 
service providers to disclose certain information regarding network management, performance and commercial terms of the 
service to their customers. As part of the Infrastructure Act, Congress ordered the FCC to conduct a rulemaking to consider 
imposing  additional  consumer  disclosure  requirements  on  broadband  internet  access  service  providers  using  “broadband 
labels.” The FCC's new broadband label requirements are scheduled to take effect six months after approval by the federal 
Office  of  Management  and  Budget. In  addition,  the  Infrastructure  Act  requires  the  FCC  to  adopt  rules  to  facilitate  equal 
access to broadband internet access service and prevent digital discrimination of access, including the development of model 
policies and best practices, and a process to accept public complaints relating to digital discrimination. Compliance with these 
new  obligations  could  cause  us  to  incur  additional  compliance  costs,  and  the  enforcement  or  interpretation  of  these  new 
obligations could adversely affect our business. We cannot predict whether or to what extent these changes may affect our 
operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Emergency Broadband Benefit and Affordable Connectivity Programs. In 2021, we participated in the FCC’s Emergency 
Broadband  Benefit  (“EBB”)  program,  which  provided  qualifying  low-income  consumers  a  discount  on  certain  of  our 
broadband internet access services for which we received reimbursement from the FCC. On December 31, 2021, the EBB 
program  transitioned  to  the  Affordable  Connectivity  Program  (“ACP”)  as  required  by  the  Infrastructure  Act.  The  ACP 
operates in largely the same manner as the EBB program and allows us to seek reimbursement for certain broadband internet 
access service discounts provided to qualifying low-income consumers. We are subject to various compliance obligations in 
connection with our participation in the EBB program and the ACP, which may cause us to incur additional compliance 
costs. We cannot predict whether or when any future changes to the ACP may occur, or whether or to what extent those 
changes may affect our operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

Privacy. Broadband internet access service is subject to many of the same federal and state privacy laws that apply to other 
electronic  communications.  These  include  the Electronic  Communications  Privacy  Act,  which  addresses  interceptions  of 
electronic communications that are in transit; the Stored Communications Act, which addresses acquisitions of electronic 
data in storage; and other federal and state privacy laws and regulations. As the collection and use of consumer data becomes 
more prevalent in the communications industry, our compliance obligations may grow. In addition, privacy legislation has 
been proposed at the federal and state level, some of which would require broadband service providers to apply heightened 
privacy and security protections to customer data. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may 
impose costs on our business. 

In  addition  to  FCC  privacy  regulations  governing  broadband  internet  access  service,  the Federal  Trade  Commission  (the 
“FTC”) also may exercise authority over privacy by using its existing authority over unfair and deceptive acts or practices to 
apply greater restrictions on the collection and use of personally identifiable and other information relating to consumers. 
The FTC also has undertaken numerous enforcement actions against parties that do not provide sufficient security protections 
against the loss or unauthorized disclosure of this type of information. We also are subject to stringent data security and data 
retention requirements that apply to website operators and online services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that 
knowingly collect or post personal information of children under 13 years of age. Other privacy-oriented laws have been 
extended by courts to online video providers and are increasingly being used in privacy lawsuits, including class actions, 
against providers of video materials online. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose 
costs on our business. 

We are also subject to federal and state laws and regulations regarding data security that primarily apply to sensitive personal 
information that could be used to commit identity theft. Most states have security breach notification laws that generally 
require a business to give notice to consumers and government agencies when certain information has been disclosed due to 
a security breach, and the FCC has adopted security breach rules for voice services, and currently is considering additional 
changes to its data breach rules for voice services. Several states have also enacted general data security requirements to 
safeguard consumer information, including the proper disposal of consumer information. We cannot predict whether, when 
or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on our business. 

Digital Millennium Copyright Act. Owners of copyrights and trademarks actively seek to prevent use of the internet to violate 
their  rights. For  example,  copyright  and  trademark  owners may  assert  claims  that  a  customer  used  an internet  service  or 
resources accessed via the internet to post, download or disseminate copyrighted music, movies, software or other content 
without the consent of the copyright owner. In some cases, copyright and trademark owners have sought to recover damages 
from the broadband internet access service provider as well as or instead of the customer. The law relating to the potential 
liability of broadband internet access service providers in these circumstances is unsettled. The Digital Millennium Copyright 
Act grants broadband internet access service providers protection against certain claims of copyright infringement resulting 
from the actions of customers if the internet provider complies with certain requirements. Congress has not adopted similar 
immunity for broadband internet access service providers for trademark infringement claims. 

Business  Data  Services.  The  FCC  has  adopted  a  deregulatory  framework  for  Business  Data  Services  (“BDS”),  formerly 
known as “special access” services. These services provide dedicated point-to-point transmission of data at certain guaranteed 
speeds and service levels using high-capacity connections. The framework eliminated pricing regulation for certain types of 
BDS and established a competitive market test for determining whether other types of BDS should remain subject to pricing 
regulation. In July 2019, the FCC reaffirmed its decision regarding the framework and provided a transition period for further 
deregulation of BDS provided by incumbent carriers. At this time, we cannot predict how these or any future rule changes 
will affect our business. 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Video Services 

Title VI of the Communications Act establishes the principal federal regulatory framework for our operation of cable systems 
and for the provision of our video services. The Communications Act allocates primary responsibility for enforcing the federal 
policies among the FCC and state and local governmental authorities. 

Franchising. We are required to obtain franchises or authorizations from state or local governmental authorities to operate 
our cable systems. Those franchises typically are non-exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations 
and provide for the payment of fees to the local authority, determined generally as a percentage of revenues. Federal law 
restricts franchise fee payments to 5% of the gross revenues of a cable system that are derived from the provision of video 
services.  Failure  to  comply  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of  a  franchise  may  give  rise  to  rights  of  termination  by  the 
franchising authority. 

A number of states in which we operate have adopted franchising laws that provide for statewide franchising. Generally, 
statewide cable franchises are issued for a fixed term, reduce many burdensome requirements contained in traditional local 
cable franchises and eliminate the need for local oversight and negotiation. Various other state and local statutes, ordinances 
and administrative laws additionally govern our operation in particular communities. 

Prior to the scheduled expiration of our franchises, we generally initiate renewal proceedings with the granting authorities. 
Federal  law  provides  for  an  orderly  franchise  renewal  process  in  which  local  authorities  may  not  unreasonably  withhold 
franchise renewals. In connection with the franchise renewal process, however, many local governmental authorities require 
the cable operator to make additional commitments. 

In August 2019, the FCC issued an order that limits the scope of demands that state and local authorities may require in 
exchange  for  issuing  or  renewing  a  franchise.  The  FCC’s  order  clarified  that  state  and  local  franchising  authorities  are 
prohibited from using their video franchising authority to regulate the provision of non-cable services, including broadband, 
Wi-Fi and VoIP services delivered over “mixed use” systems that offer a variety of services. The FCC also held that non-
monetary in-kind contributions required by a franchising authority count as franchise fees subject to the 5% cap on such fees. 
The majority of the FCC’s order was upheld by the Sixth Circuit on appeal, and the U.S. Supreme Court refused to review 
the case on appeal by the state and local franchising authorities. We cannot predict whether or to what extent the rules as 
revised by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. 

The FCC has adopted rules designed to expedite the process of awarding competitive franchises and relieving applicants for 
competing franchises of some locally imposed franchise obligations. These rules are especially beneficial to new entrants and 
are expected to continue to accelerate the competition we are experiencing in the video service marketplace. 

Rate Regulation. FCC regulations prohibit LFAs or the FCC from regulating the rates that cable systems charge for certain 
levels  of  video  service,  equipment  and  service  calls  when  those  cable  systems  are  subject  to  “effective  competition.” 
FCC regulations  contain  a  presumption  that  all  cable  systems  are  subject  to  the  effective-competition  exemption  unless 
proven otherwise. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Carriage of  Local  Television  Broadcast  Stations.  There are  two  alternative  legal  methods for  carriage  of  local broadcast 
television stations on cable systems. Federal “must carry” regulations require cable systems to carry local broadcast television 
stations upon the request of the local broadcaster. As a result, certain of our cable systems must carry broadcast stations that 
we might not otherwise have elected to carry. 

Alternatively,  federal  law  includes  “retransmission  consent”  regulations,  under  which  broadcasters  can  elect  to 
prohibit carriage unless the cable operator first negotiates for retransmission consent, which may be conditioned on significant 
payments or other concessions from cable operators, such as commitments to carry other program services offered by a station 
or an affiliated company, to purchase advertising on a station or to provide advertising availability on cable channels to a 
station  or  to  provide  cash  compensation.  This  development  increases operating  costs  for  video  service  providers,  which 
ultimately increases the rates for video subscribers. 

The FCC and Congress have imposed additional requirements in this area, including restrictions on broadcasters’ ability to 
jointly negotiate with video providers for carriage of their stations, and the requirement that parties negotiate retransmission 
consent  in good  faith.  The  FCC  has  stated that  it  would not  adopt  additional rules governing good faith  negotiations  for 
retransmission consent, but it would be prepared to assist in negotiations when necessary. Additional government-mandated 
broadcast carriage obligations, including those related to the FCC’s newly adopted enhanced technical broadcasting option 
(Advanced Television Systems Committee 3.0), could disrupt existing programming commitments and increase our costs of 
carrying such programming. 

Media Ownership Rules. The FCC took steps in 2017 to relax its media ownership rules, including restrictions on the number 
of  commonly  owned  television  stations  per  market  as  well  as  on  newspaper/broadcast  and  radio/television  station  cross-
ownership. After numerous court proceedings, the FCC’s rules were upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court in April 2021. These 
changes  will likely  lead  to  increased  consolidation  of  the  television  broadcast  stations  and  station  groups,  with  a 
corresponding  increase  in  the  negotiating  leverage  that  broadcasters  and  station  groups  hold  in  retransmission  consent 
negotiations,  thereby  possibly  increasing  the  amounts  we  pay  broadcasters  for  retransmission  consent. The  FCC  is  now 
conducting its regular review of its media ownership rules. We cannot predict the outcome of the ongoing reviews by the 
FCC and any subsequent review by the courts, and whether or to what extent any further revisions of the rules by the FCC or 
the courts may affect our operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

Pole Attachments. Federal law requires most telephone companies and electric power utilities owning utility poles to provide 
cable systems with access to poles and underground conduits. Federal law also requires those entities to charge reasonable 
rates to cable operators for utilizing space on such poles or in such underground conduits. The FCC’s pole attachment rules 
contain a formula for calculating pole rental rates that provide for similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable 
attachments and prohibit utility companies from charging higher rates for pole attachments used to provide broadband internet 
access service. The FCC has also adopted rules to facilitate new attachments, including a one-touch make-ready procedure 
for new attachments which took effect in August 2020. The FCC’s rules do not apply in states that have chosen to adopt their 
own pole attachment rules, which may make it more difficult to obtain access to poles in those states. We cannot predict how 
any future changes to the pole attachment rules may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. As a general 
matter, changes to our pole attachment rate structure could significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs. 

Federal Copyright Issues. The Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (the “Copyright Act”), gives cable systems the ability, 
under  certain  terms  and  conditions  and  assuming  that  any  applicable  retransmission  consents  have  been  obtained,  to 
retransmit  the  signals  of  television  stations  pursuant  to  a  compulsory  copyright  license.  The  U.S.  Copyright  Office  is 
considering requests for clarification and revisions of certain cable compulsory copyright license reporting requirements, and 
from time to time, other revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are considered. We cannot predict the outcome of 
any such inquiries. However, it is possible that changes in the rules or copyright compulsory license fee computations or 
compliance procedures could have an adverse effect on our business by, for example, increasing copyright compulsory license 
fee  costs  or  by  causing  us  to  reduce  or  discontinue  carriage  of  certain  broadcast  signals  that  we  currently  carry  on  a 
discretionary basis. Copyright clearances for non-broadcast programming services are arranged through private negotiations. 
Cable  operators  also  must  obtain  music  rights  for  locally  originated  programming  and  advertising  from  the  major  music 
performing rights organizations. These licensing fees have been the source of litigation in the past, and we cannot predict 
with certainty whether license fee disputes may arise in the future. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Customer  Equipment. Congress,  the  FCC  and  other  government  agencies  have  for  some  time  been  developing  and 
implementing regulations that affect the types of set-top boxes that cable operators can lease or deploy to their subscribers. 
Prior  to  2015,  FCC  rules  banned  the  integration  of  security  and  non-security  function  in  set-top  boxes  and  required 
multichannel  video  programming  distributors  to  allow  third-party  vendors  to  provide  set-top  boxes  with  basic  converter 
functions. In 2015, Congress repealed the integration ban and mandated that the FCC establish a working group to identify, 
report on and recommend a successor technology- and platform-neutral security solution. Various parties continue to advocate 
to Congress and the administrative agencies for new regulatory approaches to reduce consumer dependency on traditional 
operator-provided set-top boxes that, if adopted, could affect our business in the future. We cannot predict if or when new 
changes may be proposed, what effect such changes may have on our operations, or if they will increase our costs and impair 
our ability to deliver programming to our customers. 

Other  Regulatory  Requirements. The  FCC  regulates  various  other  aspects  of  our  video  business,  including,  among  other 
things,  equal  employment  opportunity  obligations;  customer  service  standards;  technical  service  standards;  mandatory 
blackouts of certain network and syndicated programming; restrictions on political advertising; restrictions on advertising in 
children’s  programming;  maintenance  of  public  files;  emergency  alert  systems;  inside  wiring  and  exclusive  contracts  for 
service provided to apartment and condominium complexes; and disability access, including requirements governing video-
description  and  closed-captioning.  Each  of  these  regulations  restricts  our  business  practices  to  varying  degrees  and  may 
impose additional costs on our operations. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent changes to these and other 
regulations may affect our operations or costs. 

Voice Services 

Our voice services are subject to varying degrees of federal and state regulation. Telecommunications services are subject to 
extensive regulation at both the federal and state levels while interconnected VoIP services are subject to a lesser degree of 
regulation. 

Voice Over Internet Protocol. Service providers, including us and others, offer interconnected VoIP service, which permits 
users  to  make  voice  calls  over  broadband  communications  networks,  including  the  internet,  to  recipients  on  the  public 
switched telephone network (“PSTN”) and other broadband communications networks. Federal law preempts state and local 
regulatory  barriers  to  the  offering  of  voice  service  by  service  providers,  and  the  FCC  and  federal  courts  generally  have 
preempted state laws that seek to regulate or classify VoIP. 

The FCC has held that VoIP services are internet protocol-enabled services, which are interstate in nature and thus subject 
exclusively to the FCC’s federal jurisdiction and not to state regulation. This decision was upheld on appeal, although the 
FCC has an ongoing proceeding to consider whether VoIP services provided by service providers are properly classified as 
an “information service,” “telecommunications service” or some other new category of service. This determination, once 
made,  could  have  numerous  regulatory  implications  for  service  providers  that  provide  interconnected  VoIP  services, 
including us. Although the FCC has yet to ascribe a regulatory definition to VoIP services, the FCC nevertheless has imposed 
numerous obligations on interconnected VoIP service providers, some of which are discussed more fully below. 

In 2017, the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota held that the VoIP service of another cable operator was an 
“information  service”  rather  than  a  “telecommunications  service,”  which  would  have  made  it  subject  to  entry  and  rate 
regulation and which prevented the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission from regulating VoIP as a telecommunications 
service in Minnesota. The district court’s decision was upheld on appeal and the U.S. Supreme Court denied review of the 
case. We cannot predict whether other states will attempt to subject VoIP services to entry and rate regulation, the outcome 
of such proceedings or how those proceedings may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
State  Regulation  of  Telecommunications  Services.  We  offer  telecommunications  services  as  competitive  local  exchange 
carriers  (“CLECs”)  through  several of our subsidiaries. Providers  of  telecommunications  services usually  are  required  to 
obtain licenses or authorizations from state regulatory commissions prior to offering intrastate telecommunications services. 
We  hold  CLEC  licenses  to  provide  telecommunications  services  in  Alabama,  Arkansas,  Georgia,  Kansas,  Missouri, 
Oklahoma, South Carolina and Texas. We also are required to comply with state reporting, fee payment, tariffing and other 
obligations  imposed  on  telecommunications  services.  Many  states  require  prior  approval  for  corporate  and  financial 
transactions,  and  compliance  with  these  requirements  could  delay  and  increase  the  cost  we  incur  to  complete  such 
transactions.  Failure  to  comply  with  requirements  applicable  to  telecommunications  services  could  subject  us  to  fines, 
penalties or other enforcement consequences. 

Incumbent  Local  Exchange  Carrier  Regulation.  We  offer  telecommunications  services  as  an  incumbent  local  exchange 
carrier  (“ILEC”)  in  Georgia,  Missouri  and  South  Carolina through  our  subsidiaries.  ILECs  generally  are  subject  to  more 
stringent regulation than CLECs. Federal law imposes a variety of duties on all telecommunications carriers providing local 
telephone  services,  including  requirements  to  interconnect  with  other  telecommunications  carriers;  establish  reciprocal 
compensation arrangements for the completion of calls; permit the resale of services; permit users to retain their telephone 
numbers when changing carriers; and provide competing carriers access to poles, ducts, conduits and rights-of-way. ILECs 
are  subject  to  additional  duties  to  offer  interconnection  at  any  technically  feasible  point  within  their  networks  on  non-
discriminatory, cost-based terms; offer co-location of competitors’ equipment at their premises on a non-discriminatory basis; 
make available some of their network facilities, features and capabilities, referred to as Unbundled Network Elements, on 
non-discriminatory, cost-based terms; and offer wholesale versions of their retail services for resale at discounted rates. Our 
ILEC subsidiaries are currently exempt from certain of these obligations because they qualify as “rural telephone companies” 
under federal law. Failure to comply with requirements applicable to ILEC operations could subject us to fines, penalties or 
other enforcement consequences. 

Emergency 911 Services. The FCC has ruled that an interconnected VoIP service provider that enables its customers to make 
calls to and receive calls from persons who use the PSTN must provide its customers with the same enhanced 911 (“E911”) 
features that traditional telephone, telecommunications and wireless companies are obligated to provide. The FCC has also 
established  indoor  location  requirements  when  E911  calls  are  made  by  interconnected  VoIP  subscribers.  The  FCC  also 
requires certain providers of facilities-based fixed, residential voice services, which includes interconnected VoIP service 
providers, to offer backup power options to consumers and to inform consumers of the availability of such options. In October 
2019, the FCC clarified that state, local, and tribal governments cannot charge the same class of subscribers higher total 911 
fees for VoIP services than for traditional telecommunications services with the same 911 calling capability. 

CALEA. FCC  regulations  require  providers  of  voice  services  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Communications 
Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, which requires covered entities and their equipment suppliers to deploy equipment that 
law enforcement officials can access readily for lawful wiretap purposes. 

Universal Service Contributions. The FCC has determined that interconnected VoIP service providers must contribute to the 
Federal Universal Service Fund (the “USF”). Providers of telecommunications service also are required to contribute to the 
Federal  USF.  The  amount  of  a  company’s  USF  contribution  is  based  on  a  percentage  of  revenues  earned  from  end-user 
interstate  and  international  telecommunications  and/or  interconnected  VoIP  services.  We  are  permitted  to  recover  these 
contributions from our customers. In 2012, the FCC initiated a proceeding that focused on reforming the nature and manner 
in  which  entities  should  contribute  to  the  USF  and  at  what  levels.  Some  have  suggested  that  Federal  USF  contribution 
requirements be imposed on broadband internet access service providers. We cannot predict whether and how such reform 
will  occur  and  the  extent  to  which  it  may  affect  providers  of  VoIP,  telecommunications  and  broadband  internet  access 
services, including us and our competitors. 

States also may impose state USF fees on telecommunications services, and the FCC has determined that states may impose 
state  USF  fees  on  interconnected  VoIP  service  providers  subject  to  certain  limitations  and  requirements.  State  USF 
contributions often are based on a percentage of revenues earned from end-user intrastate telecommunications services and/or 
interconnected VoIP services, and we are typically permitted to recover these contributions from our customers. We cannot 
predict whether or how the imposition of such state-based universal service fees will affect our operations and business. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Federal Subsidies and Grants. The FCC has adopted rules intended to transition the USF so that it supports the build out of 
broadband rather than telecommunications facilities. Certain of our subsidiaries providing telecommunications services have 
been designated as eligible telecommunications carriers (“ETCs”) and as such receive or will receive federal and state funds 
for operations in Georgia, Idaho, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma and South Carolina. We also receive reimbursement from 
the schools and libraries universal service support program, commonly known as E-rate, and from the Rural Health Care 
Fund for discounted services provided throughout our service territory. The FCC has several proceedings pending that could 
affect  our  ability  to  continue  receiving  such  federal  funding.  We  cannot  predict  whether  or  how  these  programs  will  be 
changed,  or  how  such  changes  will  affect  our  operations  or  business.  Some  of  our  ILEC  subsidiaries also 
receive disbursements from the federal USF under Phase 2 of the FCC’s Alternative Connect America Cost Model program. 
To continue to receive such disbursements, we are required to meet certain build-out milestones over the next ten years. We 
also were a grant recipient under the FCC’s Rural Broadband Experiment program, which requires us to meet certain build-
out and public service obligations over a five-year period. We are also a grant recipient under the FCC’s RDOF program, 
which requires us to meet certain build-out and public service obligations over a ten-year period. While we intend to satisfy 
these build-out obligations within the required timeframes, there can be no assurance that we will complete the build-out in 
a timely manner or at all. We also cannot predict what impact the costs of complying with the build-out obligations will have 
on our operations. 

In addition, the FCC has focused on subsidizing broadband deployment and this shift could help some of our competitors. 
For example, the FCC revised the program that provides universal service support for services to schools and libraries to shift 
support from voice services to broadband services and to deployment of Wi-Fi networks. Similarly, the FCC has expanded 
its  Lifeline  subsidy  program  for  low-income  consumers  to  cover  broadband  services  in  addition  to  voice  services  and  is 
considering further changes that may affect the Lifeline program. We cannot predict whether or how these programs will be 
changed, or the impact such changes will have on our operations or business. 

Intercarrier Compensation. The FCC regulates switched access service rates imposed by local telecommunications carriers 
on  interexchange  carriers  for  the  origination  and  termination  of  long-distance  telecommunications  traffic.  The  FCC  has 
adopted intercarrier compensation rules under which switched access service rates for all traffic that interconnects with the 
PSTN were reduced and a uniform bill-and-keep framework for both intrastate and interstate terminating access traffic will 
result. The reforms required by the FCC’s rules are being phased in over a multi-year period. Future FCC determinations 
regarding the rates, terms and conditions for transporting and terminating such traffic could have a profound and material 
effect on the profitability of providing voice and data services. 

Customer Proprietary Network Information. Telecommunications services and interconnected VoIP services are subject to 
customer  proprietary  network  information ("CPNI")  protections,  which  extend  CPNI  protection  requirements  to  such 
providers. CPNI is information about the quantity, technical configuration, type, location and amount of a voice customer’s 
use.  These  requirements  generally  increase  the  cost  of  providing  voice  service,  as  providers  must  implement  various 
safeguards to protect CPNI from unauthorized disclosure. In 2017, the FCC reinstated its previous rules applicable to CPNI 
for voice services. 

Access for Persons with Disabilities. FCC regulations require providers of interconnected VoIP services to comply with all 
disability access requirements that apply to telecommunications services, including the provision of telecommunications relay 
services for persons with speech or hearing impairments. The FCC also has adopted reporting requirements associated with 
disability access obligations. We must also contribute to the interstate Telecommunications Relay Service Fund to support 
such access. These requirements generally have had the effect of increasing the cost of providing voice services. 

Service Discontinuance and Outage Obligations. The FCC has adopted rules subjecting providers of interconnected VoIP 
services to the same service discontinuance requirements applicable to providers of wireline telecommunication services. The 
FCC has also adopted mandatory outage reporting requirements for interconnected VoIP service providers, which apply when 
customers  of  interconnected  VoIP  service  lose  service  or  connectivity  and,  as  a  result,  are  unable  to  access  911  service. 
Telecommunications services are subject to similar requirements. Along with other FCC actions described herein that impose 
legacy telecom obligations on interconnected VoIP providers, this development subjects our interconnected VoIP services to 
greater regulation and, therefore, greater burdens and costs. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Regulatory Fees. The FCC requires telecommunications service and interconnected VoIP service providers to contribute to 
shared costs of FCC regulation through an annual regulatory fee assessment. These fees have increased our cost of providing 
voice services. The FCC revises its regulatory fees from time to time and sometimes creates new fees. We cannot predict 
when or the extent to which the FCC will adopt new rules or regulatory fees affecting telecommunications service and VoIP 
service providers, which could affect our cost of doing business. 

Local Number Portability. Providers of telecommunications services and interconnected VoIP services and their “numbering 
partners” must ensure that their subscribers have the ability to port their telephone numbers when changing service providers. 
We also must contribute funds to cover the shared costs of local number portability and the costs of the North American 
Numbering Plan Administration. FCC rules require additional numbering requirements, such as allowing consumers access 
to abbreviated dialing codes like 211 and 311 in certain circumstances, to be applied to interconnected VoIP service providers. 
Although consumers’ ability to port their existing telephone numbers to interconnected VoIP service has created additional 
opportunities for us to gain voice customers, the local number portability and associated rules overall have had the effect of 
increasing the cost of providing voice service. 

Rural Calling Issues. The FCC has adopted rules to combat problems with the completion of long-distance calls to rural 
areas. The rules applied detailed record keeping, record retention and reporting requirements on all voice providers, including 
VoIP  service  providers,  subject  to  certain  exceptions.  The  rules  also  prohibit  VoIP  service  providers  (and  other  voice 
providers) from using false audible ringing when originating calls. 

Robocalling.  The  FCC  has  adopted  rules  requiring  voice  providers  to  implement  the  industry-adopted  STIR/SHAKEN 
framework in their networks to authenticate caller ID in order to prevent spoofed robocalls from reaching consumers. The 
new rules require providers to certify compliance with the framework and make compliance checks before accepting certain 
types of traffic for termination on their network. Compliance with these rules subjects our voice services to greater compliance 
costs and have increased the cost of providing voice service. 

State and Local Taxes 

The Internet Tax Freedom Act prohibits most states and localities from imposing taxes on internet access service charges. In 
addition, the FCC’s decision to rescind the majority of the rules adopted in the Open Internet Order may currently hinder 
states and localities that seek to impose additional taxes and fees on our data services, but that could change to the extent the 
FCC or Congress takes further action with regard to net neutrality requirements. Legislative and administrative proceedings 
in some states and localities have imposed or are considering adopting changes to general business taxes, central assessments 
for property tax and new taxes and fees applicable to our services. Often, DBS and other competitors that deliver their services 
over the internet do not face similar state tax and fee burdens. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1A.  

 RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and each of the risks described 
below,  which  we  believe  are  the  principal  risks  that  we  face.  Some  risks  relate  principally  to  the  securities  markets  and 
ownership of our common stock. 

Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial results, financial condition and results 
of operations and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. In addition, other risks and uncertainties either not presently known or not currently believed to be material may 
also adversely affect our business, financial results, financial condition and results of operations and the actual outcome of 
matters as to which we have made forward-looking statements. 

Risks Relating to Our Business 

We face significant competition from other service providers, as well as other well-capitalized entrants in the video and 
data services industry, which could reduce our market share and lower our profits. 

We operate in a highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing industry and compete with a growing number of 
entities that provide a broad range of communications products, services and content to subscribers. Our competitors have 
historically included, and we expect will continue to include, DBS providers, telephone companies that offer data and video 
services  through  DSL  technology  or  fiber-to-the-node  networks,  municipalities  with  fiber-based  networks,  regional  fiber 
providers and other service providers that have been granted a franchise to operate in a geographic market in which we are 
already operating. 

Our  systems  generally  operate  pursuant  to  franchises,  permits  and  similar  authorizations  issued  by  state  and  local 
governments. As these franchises are typically non-exclusive, state and local governments can grant additional franchises to 
other entities and create competition in our markets where none existed previously, resulting in overbuilds. In some cases, 
the FCC has adopted rules that streamline entry for new competitors (particularly those affiliated with telephone companies) 
and reduce franchising burdens for these new entrants. As of December 31, 2022, approximately one-third of our footprint 
has been overbuilt by high-speed data service providers offering speeds of 100 Mbps or higher. Further overbuilding could 
cause more of our customers to purchase data and video services from our competitors instead of from us. We also face 
increasing competition from wireless telephone companies for residential voice services, as our customers continue to replace 
our residential voice services completely with wireless voice services. In addition, new entrants with significant financial 
resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services, and as more wireless voice service providers offer 
unlimited  data  options,  some  customers  may  choose  to  forgo  our  data  services  altogether.  We  may  also  face  increasing 
competition from various providers of wireless internet offerings, including FWA providers that are deploying high-speed 
“5G”  wireless  networks  where  they  have  higher  capacity  spectrum  and  public  locations  or  commercial  establishments 
offering Wi-Fi at no cost. 

Certain municipalities and cooperatives have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds 
that  match  or  exceed  ours  through  the  use  of  fiber-to-the-node  or  fiber-to-the-premises  technology.  In  some  cases,  local 
government entities and municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from an LFA, reducing 
their barriers to entry into our markets. The entrance of more municipalities as competitors in our markets would add to the 
competition we face and could lead to customer attrition. 

Our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other forms of in-home and mobile entertainment, 
including,  among  others,  Amazon  Prime  Video,  Apple  TV+,  Disney+,  HBO  Max,  Hulu,  Netflix,  Paramount+,  Peacock, 
YouTube  TV  and  an  increasing  number  of  new  entrants  who  offer  OTT  video  programming,  including  many  traditional 
programmers. Because of the significant size and financial resources of many of the companies behind such service offerings, 
we anticipate that they will continue to invest resources in increasing the availability of video content on the internet, which 
may result in less demand for the video services we provide. In addition, companies that offer OTT content in certain markets 
also provide data services, such as Alphabet, and they may seek to increase sales of their streaming content by lowering the 
cost of data services for their customers, which would further increase price competition for the data services we offer. In 
addition to creating competition for our video services, OTT content also significantly increases the volume of traffic on our 
data  networks,  which  can  lead  to  decreases  in  access  speeds for all users  if  data networks  are not  upgraded  so  that  their 
broadband capacity can keep pace with increased traffic. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also  intense  as  both  local  telephone 
companies and regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In addition, in recent years, federal and state governments have offered billions of dollars in subsidies to companies deploying 
broadband  to  areas  deemed  to  be  “unserved”  or  “underserved,”  using  funds  from  the  FCC’s  RDOF  auction  in  2020,  the 
ARPA and the Infrastructure Act. Although we intend to oppose such subsidies to competitors when directed to areas that we 
already serve, our challenge efforts may not always be successful and efforts to use governmental funds to subsidize the 
deployment of broadband in areas that we already serve could adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

Our  business  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  change,  and  if  we  do  not  adapt  to  technological  changes  and  respond 
appropriately to changes in consumer demand, our competitive position may be harmed. For example, our success may 
be dependent upon our ability to develop, deploy and operate new technologies, service offerings and customer service 
platforms. 

Our success is, to a large extent, dependent on our ability to acquire, develop, adopt, upgrade and exploit new and existing 
technologies to address changing consumer demands and distinguish our services from those of our competitors. We may not 
be able to accurately predict technological trends or the success of new products and services. If we choose technologies or 
equipment that are less effective, cost-efficient or attractive to our customers than those chosen by our competitors, or if we 
offer services that fail to appeal to consumers, that are not available at competitive prices or that do not function as expected, 
or of if we are unable to develop, deploy and operate new technologies, service offerings and customer service platforms, our 
competitive position could deteriorate and our business and financial results could suffer. 

The ability of some of our competitors to introduce new technologies, products and services more quickly than we can may 
adversely affect our competitive position. Furthermore, advances in technology, decreases in the cost of existing technologies 
or  changes  in  competitors’  product  and  service  offerings  may  require  us  in  the  future  to  make  additional  research  and 
development expenditures or to offer at no additional charge or at a lower price certain products and services that we currently 
offer to customers separately or at a premium. 

In addition, we generally seek to leverage overall industry experience before rolling out new technology in order to avoid 
investing in technology that has not been proven successful in other markets. We implement this approach to avoid costly 
mistakes made by early adopters of new technology that does not provide expected returns, and it exposes us to the risk that 
one  of  our  competitors  will  adopt  successful  new  technology  before  us  and  leverage  this  new  technology  to  attract  our 
customers, increasing the level of customer attrition we experience and adversely affecting our business. 

Business services sales increasingly contribute to our results of operations, and we face risks as we attempt to further 
focus on sales to our business customers. 

Organic  growth  in  revenue  from  sales  to  our  business  customers was  6.2%,  5.5%  and 6.5%  in  2022, 2021 and  2020, 
respectively,  after  exceeding  10%  for  each  year  between 2011 (when  we  started  focusing  on  business  services  sales) 
and 2019.  The COVID-19 pandemic  and  the  government's  associated  responses have resulted  in  suppressed  sales  growth 
from small business customers. We may encounter additional challenges as we continue our initiative to expand sales of data, 
voice  and  video  services  to  our  business  customers.  To  accommodate  this  expansion,  we  expect  to  commit  a  greater 
proportion of our expenditures on technology, equipment and personnel toward our business customers in recent years. If we 
are  unable  to  sufficiently  maintain  the  necessary  infrastructure  and  internal  support  functions  necessary  to  service  these 
customers, potential future growth of our business services revenues would be limited. In many cases, business customers 
have service level agreements that require us to provide higher standards of service and reliability. If we are unable to meet 
our service level requirements, or more broadly, the expectations of our business customers, or if pandemic-related headwinds 
associated with business sales resume, our business sales may not increase and our results of operations may be materially 
negatively affected. 

The increase in programming costs and retransmission fees may continue in the future, resulting in lower margins and/or 
decreased demand for our video products. 

Over the past few years, the sales margins on our residential video services, which accounted for 19.1%, 21.2% and 25.1% 
of our total revenues in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, have decreased as a result of increased programming costs and 
retransmission fees and customer cord-cutting. Programming costs and retransmission fees paid to major programmers and 
broadcasters  may  continue  to  increase  as  content  providers  are  expected  to  continue  to  seek  higher  fees.  Moreover, 
programming cost and retransmission fee increases have caused us, and may in the future cause us, to cease carrying channels 
offered by certain programmers and broadcasters, which may result in attrition of video subscribers as well as customers who 
subscribe to double-play or triple-play packages that include video service. These customer losses and increased costs could 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
result in further decreases in our residential video margins, adversely impact our revenues and revenue growth rates, and 
adversely impact our business. 

We may not be able to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support. 

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers and licensors to supply some of the hardware and software necessary 
to provide some of our services, including our access to the network backbone, the modems that we lease to our customers 
and the delivery of our IPTV video service. Some of these vendors represent our sole source of supply or have, either through 
contract  or  as  a  result  of  intellectual  property  rights,  a  position  of  some  exclusivity.  If  any  of  these  parties  breaches  or 
terminates  its  agreement  with  us  or  otherwise  fails  to  perform  its  obligations  in  a  timely  manner;  demand  exceeds  these 
vendors’ capacity; they experience operating or financial difficulties (including due to general adverse economic conditions); 
they experience shortages of electronic components as a result of labor or other supply constraints; they significantly increase 
the amount we must pay for necessary products or services or they cease production of any necessary product due to lack of 
demand, profitability, a change in their ownership or otherwise, then our ability to provide some services may be materially 
adversely affected. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract subscribers and have a material 
adverse impact on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

We may fail to realize the benefits anticipated as a result of the Hargray Acquisition. 

On May 3, 2021, we completed the Hargray Acquisition. The success of the Hargray Acquisition will depend, in part, on our 
ability to realize the anticipated business opportunities and growth prospects from combining Hargray with our business. We 
may never realize these business opportunities and growth prospects. We may devote significant senior management attention 
and resources to preparing for and then integrating our business practices and operations with those of Hargray. We may fail 
to realize some of the anticipated benefits of the Hargray Acquisition or may not realize some of the anticipated benefits 
within the anticipated timeframe if the integration process takes longer than expected or is more costly than expected. 

We  recently  made  numerous  acquisitions  and  strategic  investments,  and  may  make  other  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments  in  the  future,  which  expose  us  to  risks  and  uncertainties  associated  with  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments. 

We completed the NewWave acquisition in May 2017, the Clearwave acquisition in January 2019, the Fidelity acquisition in 
October 2019, the MBI investment in November 2020, the Hargray Acquisition in May 2021, the CableAmerica acquisition 
in December 2021 and the Clearwave Fiber Contribution in January 2022. In addition, we have made and may make other 
acquisitions and strategic investments (each such acquired business or investee, a “Strategic Acquiree” and, collectively, the 
“Strategic  Acquirees”).  Such  acquisitions  and  strategic  investments  could  involve  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties, 
including: 

   ●  uncertainties as to the timing of any acquisition or strategic investment and the risk that such transactions may not be

completed in a timely manner or at all; 

   ● 

the possibility that any or all of the conditions to the consummation of any acquisition or strategic investment may not
be satisfied or waived, including failure to receive any required regulatory approvals (or any conditions, limitations or
restrictions placed in connection with such approvals); 

   ●  uncertainties related  to our  ability  to obtain  any necessary  financing,  or to obtain financing on  favorable  terms,  to

complete any acquisition or strategic investment;  

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

the difficulty in integrating new Strategic Acquirees and their operations in an efficient and effective manner; 

the challenge in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other anticipated benefits; 

the potential loss of key associates of a Strategic Acquiree and the difficulties of integrating personnel; 

the potential diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations; 

the  difficulty  of  maintaining  relationships  with  the  customers,  suppliers  and  other  business  partners  of  a  Strategic
Acquiree; 

the potential loss of brand recognition, customer loyalty or reputation from any rebranding efforts; 

29 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   ● 

exposure to litigation or other claims in connection with, or inheritance of claims or litigation risk as a result of, an 
acquisition, such as claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties; 

   ● 

the difficulty and amount of time necessary to realize expected synergies and other benefits of the acquisitions or 
strategic investments; 

   ● 

the risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems as well as with creating uniform 
standards, procedures, policies and information systems; 

   ● 

the difficulty in adapting and expanding information technology systems and other business processes to incorporate 
the Strategic Acquirees; 

   ●  potential future impairments of goodwill associated with the Strategic Acquirees; 

   ● 

   ● 

in some cases, the potential for increased regulation; 

risks relating to minority ownership positions in our strategic investments, including our initial minority ownership 
position in MBI, such as our ability to appoint only a minority of members of the board of managers of MBI, the fact 
that the managers of MBI will not owe the same fiduciary duties to us that directors of a corporation would owe to 
stockholders and the limited category of transactions for which our consent will be needed under MBI’s operating 
agreement; and 

   ●  uncertainties  related  to  the  exercise  of  the  Call  Option  or  the  Put  Option  (each  as  defined  under  "Management's 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  –  Financial  Condition:  Liquidity  and 
Capital Resources –  Liquidity" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) in the MBI investment, including our ability to 
finance the purchase of the remaining equity interests in MBI on terms acceptable to us or at all. 

If a Strategic Acquiree fails to operate as anticipated or cannot be successfully integrated with our existing business, our 
operations, business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially negatively affected. 

Implementation of our new ERP system could disrupt business operations. 

We implemented a new ERP system in the second quarter of 2021. The implementation has required and may continue to 
require significant investments of time, money and resources and may result in the diversion of senior management’s attention 
from our ongoing operations. Furthermore, the implementation has resulted and may continue to result in changes to many 
of  our  existing  operational,  financial  and  administrative  business  processes,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  our  budgeting, 
purchasing, receiving, provisioning, servicing, accounting and reporting processes. The new ERP system has required and 
may continue to require both the implementation of new internal controls and changes to existing internal control frameworks 
and procedures. If technical problems or other significant issues arise in connection with the implementation or operation of 
the  new ERP system,  it  could have  a material  adverse  impact on our operations, business,  financial  results  and financial 
condition. 

We rely on network and information systems and other technology, and a disruption or failure of such networks, systems 
or technology as a result of cybersecurity incidents, as well as outages, natural disasters (including extreme weather), 
pandemics, terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events, may disrupt our business. 

Network  and  information  systems  and  other  technologies  are  critical  to  our  operating  activities,  both  internally and  in 
supplying data, video and voice services to customers. Network or information system shutdowns or other service disruptions 
caused  by  cyber-attacks,  such  as  distributed  denial  of  service  attacks,  ransomware,  dissemination  of  malware  and  other 
malicious activity, pose increasing risks. Both unsuccessful and successful cyber-attacks on companies, including ours, have 
continued to increase in frequency, scope and potential harm in recent years and, because the techniques used in such attacks 
have  become  more  sophisticated  and  change  frequently,  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques  or  implement 
adequate  preventative  measures.  From  time  to  time,  third  parties  make  malicious  attempts  to  access  our  network  or  the 
networks of third-party vendors we use. Cyber-attacks could result in an unauthorized release of information, degradation to 
our network and information systems or disruption to our data, video and voice services, all of which could adversely affect 
our reputation and results of operations. 

30 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our network and information systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from power outages, natural disasters 
(including extreme weather arising from short-term weather patterns or any long-term changes), pandemics, terrorist attacks 
and  similar  events,  and  the  individuals  responsible  for  such  systems  may  also  be  imperiled  by  certain  such  events.  For 
example, prior to 2018, the damage to our network infrastructure caused by Hurricanes Harvey and Katrina and the Joplin, 
Missouri tornado each created a significant disruption in our ability to provide services in affected areas. Any similar events 
could have an adverse impact on us and our customers in the future, including degradation of service, service disruption, 
excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our plant, equipment, data and reputation. Such an event also could result 
in large expenditures necessary to repair or replace such networks or information systems or to protect them from similar 
events or damage in the future. Further, the impacts associated with extreme weather, such as intensified storm activity, may 
cause increased business interruptions. 

Security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks, and our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect 
business and consumer data could give rise to liability or reputational harm. 

In the ordinary course of our business, we electronically maintain confidential, proprietary and personal information in our 
information technology systems and networks and those of third-party vendors, including customer, personnel and vendor 
data. These systems have been, and may continue to be, targets of attack by cyber criminals or other wrongdoers seeking to 
steal such information for financial gain or to harm our business operations or reputation. The loss, misuse, compromise, 
leakage,  falsification  or  accidental  release  of  such  information  has  resulted,  and  may  in  the  future  result,  in  costly 
investigations, remediation efforts and notification to affected consumers, personnel and/or vendors. For example, in 2019 
we identified an information security incident that could affect the personal information of some of our current and former 
associates as well as, in some cases, their dependents, beneficiaries and others. Cyber-attacks have consumed, and may in the 
future  consume,  internal  resources,  and  they  could  also  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  and  result  in  government 
investigations, fines and penalties, litigation or potential liability for us and otherwise harm our business. 

Various federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of 
consumer data and sensitive personal information that could be used to commit identity theft. This area of the law is evolving, 
and interpretations of applicable laws and regulations differ. Legislative and regulatory activity in the privacy area may result 
in new laws that are relevant to our operations, for example, use of consumer data for marketing or advertising. Claims of 
failure to comply with our privacy policies or applicable laws or regulations could form the basis of governmental or private-
party actions against us. Such claims and actions may cause damage to our reputation and could have an adverse effect on 
our business. 

We  are  also  subject  to  stringent  data  security  and  data  retention  requirements  that  apply  to  website  operators  and  online 
services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that knowingly collect or post personal information from children under 
13 years of age. Other privacy-oriented laws have been extended by courts to online video providers and are increasingly 
being used in privacy lawsuits, including class actions, against providers of video materials online. Most states have security 
breach notification laws that generally require a business to give notice to consumers and government agencies when certain 
information has been disclosed due to a security breach, and the FCC has adopted security breach rules for voice services. 
Several states have also enacted general data security requirements to safeguard consumer information, including the proper 
disposal of consumer information. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on 
or otherwise adversely affect our business. 

Intellectual property and proprietary rights of others could prevent us from using necessary technology to provide our 
services or subject us to expensive intellectual property litigation. 

We  periodically  receive  claims  from  third  parties  alleging  that  our  network  and  information  technology  infrastructure 
infringes the intellectual property rights of others. We are sometimes named as joint defendants in these suits together with 
other  providers  of  data,  video  and  voice  services.  Typically,  these  claims  allege  that  aspects  of  our  system  architecture, 
electronic program guides, modem technology or VoIP services infringe on process patents held by third parties. It is likely 
that we will continue to be subject to similar claims as they relate to our business. Addressing these claims is a time-consuming 
and expensive endeavor, regardless of the merits of the claims. In order to resolve such a claim, we could determine the need 
to change our method of doing business, enter into a licensing agreement or incur substantial monetary liability. It is also 
possible that our business could be enjoined from using the intellectual property at issue, causing us to significantly alter our 
operations.  If  any  such  claims  are  successful,  then  the  outcome  would  likely  affect  our  services  utilizing  the  intellectual 
property at issue and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Risks Relating to Regulation and Legislation 

The profitability of our data service offerings may be impacted by legislative or regulatory efforts to impose net neutrality 
and other new requirements on cable operators. 

The majority of our Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures comes from residential data services, and a majority of our 
residential customers are data-only. We have aligned our resources to emphasize increased sales of data services as well as 
sales to business customers. In order to continue to generate Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures at our desired level 
from data services, we need the continued flexibility to develop and refine business models that respond to changing consumer 
uses and demands and to manage data usage efficiently, including by charging our data subscribers higher rates based on the 
speed as well as overall bandwidth capacity available to, or used by, them, referred to as “usage-based billing.” Our ability 
to  implement  usage-based  billing  or  other  network  management  initiatives  in  the  future  may  be  restricted  by  regulations 
attached to new government funding programs or any new net neutrality requirements on cable operators. 

To the extent the FCC in the future limits our ability to price our data services, we may not be able to generate the margins 
on  our  data  services  that  we  anticipated  in  shifting  our  focus  from  video  to  data  services,  and  our  business  could  see  a 
materially negative impact. While the FCC has eliminated most net neutrality requirements, the FCC, Congress, states or the 
courts may revisit this determination in the future. For example, in July 2021, President Biden issued an Executive Order on 
Promoting Competition in the American Economy that encouraged the FCC to consider adopting net neutrality rules similar 
to those originally adopted in 2015. Numerous parties also have urged the FCC to take action regarding net neutrality. Further, 
Congress  and  numerous  states,  including  Arizona,  Minnesota  and  Missouri  (where  we  have  subscribers)  have  proposed 
legislation  and/or  administrative  actions  in  the  past  or  are  currently  considering  actions,  which  could  lead  to  increased 
regulation  of  our  provision  of  data  services,  including  proposed  rules  regarding  net  neutrality.  Several  states,  including 
Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted legislation that requires entities providing broadband 
internet access service in the state to comply with net neutrality requirements or that prohibits state and local government 
agencies from contracting with internet service providers that engage in certain network management activities based on paid 
prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. Further, current rules only require that a portion of revenues from 
VoIP services be contributed to the USF and USF is not applied to broadband services. The changes brought about by how 
USF monies are distributed may provide funding and subsidies to those who either compete with us or seek to compete with 
us and therefore put us at a competitive disadvantage. Moreover, if the FCC imposes USF fees on broadband services, bundled 
services or a larger portion of VoIP services, it would increase the cost of our services and harm our ability to compete. 

The regulation of broadband activities, including any net neutrality obligations, and any related court decisions could cause 
us to incur additional compliance costs, restrict our ability to profit from our existing broadband network, limit the return we 
can expect to achieve on past and future investments in our broadband networks and adversely affect our business. We cannot 
predict what, if any, proposals might be adopted or what effect they might have on our business. 

Our video and voice services are subject to additional regulation by federal, state and local authorities, which may impose 
additional costs and restrictions on our businesses. 

Our video services business operates in a highly regulated environment. Our systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, 
permits and similar authorizations issued by states or local governments controlling the public rights-of-way, which typically 
are non-exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and provide for the payment of fees to the 
local authority, determined generally as a percentage of revenues. Failure to comply with all of the terms and conditions of a 
franchise may give rise to rights of termination by the franchising authority. 

We have the ability, pursuant to the Copyright Act, under certain terms and conditions and assuming that any applicable 
retransmission consents have been obtained, to retransmit the signals of television stations pursuant to a compulsory copyright 
license. From time to time, revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are considered. It is possible that changes in the 
rules  or  copyright  compulsory  license  fee  computations  or  compliance  procedures  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our 
business by, for example, increasing copyright compulsory license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage 
of  certain  broadcast  signals  that  we  currently  carry  on  a  discretionary  basis.  Copyright  clearances  for  non-broadcast 
programming services are arranged through private negotiations. Cable operators also must obtain music rights for locally 
originated programming and advertising from the major music performing rights organizations. These licensing fees have 
been the source of litigation in the past, and we cannot predict with certainty whether license fee disputes may arise in the 
future. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
In addition, Congress, the FCC and other government agencies have implemented regulations that affect the types of set-top 
boxes that we can lease or deploy to our subscribers, and we expect these regulations may change in the future. The imposition 
of  energy  conservation  regulations  on  the  hardware  products  we  provide  to  our  customers  could  impede  innovation  and 
require mandatory upgrades in our set-top boxes and be costly to us. In addition, the FCC may revisit adopting rules requiring 
any retail video device to work on any cable operator’s system. Various parties continue to advocate to Congress and the 
administrative agencies for new regulatory approaches to reduce consumer dependency on traditional operator-provided set-
top boxes. We cannot predict when, whether or to what extent any of these types of proposals will be adopted or how they 
will affect our operations. 

Our telecommunications services are subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny, and our interconnected VoIP services are also 
subject to a growing degree of regulation. Complying with these regulations may increase the costs we incur and decrease 
the revenues we derive from our voice business. While the compliance costs associated with the current regulatory structure 
applicable to our voice services are manageable, changes in this regulatory structure are unpredictable and have the potential 
to further negatively impact our voice services by increasing compliance costs and/or taxes. 

Our cable system franchises are subject to non-renewal or termination. The failure to renew a franchise in one or more 
markets could adversely affect our business. 

Many of the LFAs from whom we have obtained franchises, permits and similar authorizations required to operate our video 
services business have established comprehensive facilities and service requirements as well as specific customer service 
standards and monetary penalties for non-compliance. In many cases, our franchises are terminable if we fail to comply with 
significant provisions set forth in the applicable franchise agreement governing our video operations. Franchises are generally 
granted for fixed terms and must be periodically renewed. LFAs may resist granting a renewal if either past performance or 
the prospective operating proposal is considered inadequate. LFAs often demand concessions or other commitments as a 
condition to renewal. The traditional cable franchising regime has undergone significant change as a result of various federal 
and state actions. Some state franchising laws do not allow us to immediately opt into favorable statewide franchising. In 
many  cases, state  franchising  laws  will  result  in  fewer franchise-imposed  requirements  for  our  competitors  who  are  new 
entrants than for us, until we are able to opt into the applicable state franchise. We cannot assure that we will be able to 
comply with all significant provisions of our franchise agreements and certain of our franchisers have from time to time 
alleged that we have not complied with these agreements. Additionally, although historically we have renewed our franchises 
without incurring significant costs, we cannot assure that we will be able to renew, or to renew as favorably, our franchises 
in the future. A termination of or a sustained failure to renew a franchise in one or more markets could materially negatively 
affect our business in the affected geographic area. 

In addition, certain of our franchise agreements require that the applicable LFA approve a transfer of control of the Company 
or an assignment of a franchise to another entity. Although FCC rules provide that a transfer application shall be deemed 
granted if it is not acted upon within 120 days after submission, as a practical matter, cable operators often waive the deadline 
if the LFA has not completed its review to facilitate discussions and thereby avoid an LFA denying the transfer of control. 
Failure to obtain such consents on commercially reasonable and satisfactory terms may impair our entitlement to the benefit 
of these franchise agreements in the event of a potential transfer of control of the Company or transfers of individual franchises 
to another entity. 

We may encounter increased pole attachment costs. 

Federal law requires most telephone companies and electric power utilities owning utility poles to provide cable systems with 
access to poles and underground conduits. Federal law also requires those utilities to charge reasonable rates to cable operators 
for utilizing space on such poles or in such underground conduits. The FCC’s pole attachment rules contain a formula for 
calculating  pole  rental  rates  that provide  for  similar  rates  for  telecommunications  attachments  and  cable  attachments  and 
prohibit utility companies from charging higher rates for pole attachments used to provide broadband internet access service. 
The  FCC  has  also  adopted  rules  to  facilitate  new  attachments,  including  a  one-touch  make-ready  procedure  for  new 
attachments. The FCC’s rules do not apply in states that have chosen to adopt their own pole attachment rules, which may 
make  it  more difficult  to  obtain  access  to poles  in  those  states.  As  a general  matter,  changes  to our pole  attachment  rate 
structure  could  significantly  increase  our  annual  pole  attachment  costs  and  materially  negatively  impact  our  operations, 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Changes in broadcast carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs. 

Although we would likely choose to carry all primary video feeds of local broadcast stations in the markets in which we 
operate  voluntarily,  so-called  “must  carry”  rules  could,  in  the  future,  require  us  to  carry  some  local  broadcast  television 
signals on some of our systems that we might not otherwise carry. If the FCC seeks to revise or expand the “must carry” 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
rules, such as to require carriage of multicast streams, we would be forced to carry video programming that we would not 
otherwise carry and potentially drop other, more popular programming in order to free capacity for the required programming, 
which could make us less competitive. Moreover, if the FCC adopts rules that are not competitively neutral, cable operators 
could be placed at a disadvantage versus other video providers. 

The FCC took steps in 2017 to relax its media ownership rules, including restrictions on the number of commonly owned 
television stations per market as well as on newspaper/broadcast and radio/television station cross-ownership. After numerous 
court proceedings, the FCC’s rules were upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court in April 2021. These changes relaxing media 
ownership  rules  will likely  lead  to  increased  consolidation  of  the  television  broadcast  stations  and  station  groups,  with  a 
corresponding  increase  in  the  negotiating  leverage  that  broadcasters  and  station  groups  hold  in  retransmission  consent 
negotiations, thereby possibly increasing the amounts we pay to broadcasters for retransmission consent. The FCC is now 
conducting its regular review of its media ownership rules. We cannot predict the outcome of the ongoing reviews by the 
FCC and any subsequent review by the courts, and whether or to what extent any further revisions of the rules by the FCC or 
the courts may affect our operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

Additional government-mandated broadcast carriage obligations, including those related to the FCC’s enhanced technical 
broadcasting option (Advanced Television Systems Committee 3.0), could disrupt existing programming commitments and 
increase our costs of carrying such programming. 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness 

We have incurred substantial indebtedness, including in connection with various acquisitions, and the degree to which 
we are now leveraged may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and 
cash flows. 

We  currently  have  a  substantial  amount  of indebtedness which  could  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for 
working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, strategic investments, our obligations under the Call Option or the Put 
Option relating to our investment in MBI (as described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Result of Operations – Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources – Liquidity”), debt service requirements, 
stock  repurchases  or  other  purposes.  It  may  also  increase  our  vulnerability  to  adverse  economic,  market  and  industry 
conditions, limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business operations or to our industry overall, 
and place us at a disadvantage in relation to our competitors that have lower debt levels. 

Our  ability  to  make  payments  on  and  to  refinance  our  indebtedness,  including  the  debt  incurred  in  connection  with 
acquisitions, as well as any future debt that we may incur, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future from 
operations,  financings  or  asset  sales.  Our  ability  to  generate  cash  is  subject  to  general  economic,  financial,  competitive, 
legislative, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to incur debt that we may 
need  to  fund  initiatives  in  response  to  changes  in  our  business,  the  industries  in  which  we  operate,  the  economy  and 
governmental regulations. 

The  terms  of  our  indebtedness  include  a  number  of  restrictive  covenants  that  impose  significant  operating  and  financial 
restrictions on us and limit our ability to engage in actions that may be in our long-term best interests. These may restrict our 
ability to take some or all of the following actions: 

   ● 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or sell disqualified or preferred stock; 

   ●  pay dividends on, make distributions in respect of, repurchase or redeem, capital stock; 

   ●  make acquisitions or investments; 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of certain assets; 

create or allow to exist liens; 

enter into sale/leaseback transactions; 

34 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

enter into agreements restricting the ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers; 

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets; 

enter into transactions with affiliates; 

   ●  prepay, repurchase or redeem certain kinds of indebtedness; 

   ● 

   ● 

issue or sell stock of our subsidiaries; and/or 

significantly change the nature of our business. 

As a result of all of these restrictions, we may be: 

   ● 

limited in how we conduct our business and pursue our strategy; 

   ●  unable to raise additional debt financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; and/or 

   ●  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities, including acquisitions and strategic 

investments. 

A breach of any of these covenants, if applicable, could result in an event of default under the terms of our indebtedness. If 
an event of default occurs, the lenders would have the right to accelerate the repayment of such debt and the event of default 
or acceleration may result in the acceleration of the repayment of any other of our debt to which a cross-default or cross-
acceleration  provision  applies.  Furthermore,  the  lenders  of  this  indebtedness  may  require  that  we  pledge  our  assets  as 
collateral as security for our repayment obligations. If we were unable to repay any amount of this indebtedness when due 
and  payable,  the  lenders  could  proceed  against  the  collateral  that  secures  this  indebtedness.  In  the  event  our  creditors 
accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness and our financial 
condition will be materially negatively affected. 

We have variable rate indebtedness that subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to 
increase significantly. 

As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately $2.3 billion of outstanding term loans and an additional $500.0 million of 
undrawn revolving credit capacity under the Credit Agreement (as defined elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). 
On February 22, 2023, we entered into the New Credit Agreement (as defined elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K) and as of that date we had approximately $2.3 billion of outstanding borrowings and $512.0 million of undrawn revolving 
credit capacity under the New Credit Agreement. The loans outstanding under the New Credit Agreement accrue interest at 
a variable rate and as a result expose us to interest rate risks. If interest rates continue to increase, our debt service obligations 
on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income 
and cash flows will correspondingly decrease. In addition, we will be exposed to the risk of rising interest rates to the extent 
that we fund our operations with additional short-term or variable-rate borrowings. We have entered into and in the future 
may enter into additional interest rate swaps in order to hedge against future interest rate volatility. We may elect not to 
maintain such interest rate swaps with respect to our variable rate indebtedness, if any, and any swaps we have entered into 
or may enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows could be materially negatively affected. 

The  transition  away  from LIBOR and  the  adoption  of  alternative  reference  rates  could  adversely  affect  the  cost  of 
servicing our indebtedness. 

A substantial portion of our indebtedness bears interest at variable interest rates, in certain cases based on LIBOR. In recent 
years, initiatives have been underway to replace LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate and, on March 5, 2021, ICE Benchmark 
Administration (“IBA”) confirmed it would cease publication of Overnight, 1, 3, 6 and 12 Month US Dollar LIBOR settings 
immediately following the LIBOR publication on June 30, 2023. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee, which was 
convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the New York Federal Reserve, has identified the Secured Overnight Financing 
Rate (“SOFR”) as the recommended risk-free alternative rate for US Dollar LIBOR. On February 22, 2023, we transitioned 
a substantial portion of our indebtedness to an interest rate based on SOFR in connection with entering into the New Credit 
Agreement; however,  the  Term  Loan  B-4  (as  defined  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K)  continues  to  bear 

35 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
interest at a rate based on LIBOR. At this time, it is not possible to predict the effect the discontinuance of LIBOR, or the 
establishment of alternative reference rates such as SOFR, will have on us or our borrowing costs. SOFR is a relatively new 
reference rate and its composition and characteristics are not the same as LIBOR. Given SOFR’s very limited history and 
potential volatility as compared to other benchmark or market rates, the future performance of SOFR cannot be predicted 
based on historical performance. The consequences of using SOFR could include an increase in the cost of our variable rate 
indebtedness. 

Our inability to raise funds necessary to repurchase, or settle conversions of, either series of the Convertible Notes (as 
defined below), upon a fundamental change as described in the applicable Convertible Notes Indenture (as defined below), 
may lead to defaults under such indenture and under agreements governing our existing or future indebtedness. 

If we repurchase the Convertible Notes for cash, which holders may require upon a fundamental change as described in the 
applicable Convertible Note Indenture, or settle such Convertible Notes by cash or by a combination of cash and shares of 
our common stock in the event a holder elects to convert their Convertible Notes following a fundamental change, we will 
be required to make cash payments with respect to the Convertible Notes being converted or repurchased. 

However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make purchases 
of the Convertible Notes being surrendered or converted. In addition, our ability to repurchase the Convertible Notes or to 
pay cash upon conversion of Convertible Notes is limited by the agreements governing our existing indebtedness and may 
also be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements that will govern our future indebtedness. Our failure to 
repurchase Convertible Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the applicable Convertible Notes Indenture or to 
pay cash payable on future conversions of the Convertible Notes as required by such indenture would constitute a default 
under such indenture. A default under the applicable Convertible Notes Indenture or the fundamental change itself could also 
lead to a default under agreements governing our existing or future indebtedness (including the New Credit Agreement and 
the Senior Notes Indenture, each as defined elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). 

The conditional conversion feature of either series of the Convertible Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial 
condition and operating results. 

In the event the conditional conversion feature of either series of the Convertible Notes is triggered, holders of the applicable 
Convertible Notes will be entitled to convert such Convertible Notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If 
one or more holders elect to convert their Convertible Notes, we may initially elect to satisfy our conversion obligations by 
combination settlement. In addition, in the future, we may elect to settle all of our conversion obligations through the payment 
of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert the Convertible Notes, 
we  could  be  required  under  applicable  accounting  rules  to  reclassify  all  or  a  portion  of  the  outstanding  principal  of  the 
Convertible Notes as a current liability, rather than a long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net 
working capital. 

Conversion of either series of the Convertible Notes will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders or may 
otherwise depress the price of our common stock. 

The conversion of some or all of the Convertible Notes will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the 
extent we deliver shares of our common stock upon conversion of any of the Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes may 
from  time  to  time  in  the  future  be  convertible  at  the  option  of  their  holders  prior  to  their  scheduled  terms  under  certain 
circumstances. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect 
prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the Convertible Notes may encourage short selling 
by market participants because the conversion of the Convertible Notes could be used to satisfy short positions or anticipated 
conversion of the Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock. 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market 

We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness limits our ability 
to pay dividends on our common stock. 

The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to stockholders falls within the discretion of our Board. Our 
Board’s decisions regarding the amount and payment of future dividends will depend on many factors, including our financial 
condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business and covenants associated with debt obligations, as well as legal 
requirements,  regulatory  constraints,  industry  practice  and  other  factors  that  our  Board  deems  relevant.  There  can  be  no 
assurance that we will continue to pay any dividend in the future. 

36 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage takeovers and the concentration of ownership of our common stock will affect the voting 
results of matters submitted for stockholder approval. 

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware 
law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that is opposed by our Board or certain stockholders holding a 
significant percentage of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock. These include provisions that: 

   ●  prior to the full declassification of our board following our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023, divide
our Board into classes of directors, standing for election on a staggered basis, such that less than all of the directors
constituting our Board may change each year; 

   ●  do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent and require that stockholder action must take place at an

annual or special meeting of our stockholders; 

   ●  provide that only our Chief Executive Officer and a majority of our directors, and not our stockholders, may call a

special meeting of our stockholders; 

   ● 

require the approval of our Board or the affirmative vote of stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our
capital stock to amend our Amended and Restated By-laws; and 

   ● 

limit our ability to enter into business combination transactions with certain stockholders. 

These and other provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition 
or change in control of the Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our 
stockholders the opportunity to sell their shares of our common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the 
sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which 
could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, 
associates or stockholders. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery 
of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of 
the Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or associate of the 
Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of 
the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (the  “DGCL”)  or  (iv)  action  asserting  a  claim  governed  by  the  internal  affairs 
doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock shall 
be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 
described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it 
finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other associates, which may discourage such lawsuits against 
us  and  our  directors,  officers  and  associates.  Alternatively,  if  a  court  were  to  find  these  provisions  of  our  Amended  and 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of 
actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which 
could adversely affect our business and financial condition. 

General Risk Factors 

Adverse conditions in the U.S. economy could impact our results of operations. 

Unfavorable  general  economic  conditions,  such  as  a  recession  or  economic  slowdown  in  the  United  States,  heightened 
inflation, increased unemployment levels, higher interest rates and the continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, could 
negatively affect the affordability of and demand for some of our products and services. In difficult economic conditions, 
consumers may seek to reduce discretionary spending by forgoing purchases of our products and services, electing to use 
fewer  higher  margin  products  and  services  or  obtaining  lower  cost  products  and  services  offered  by  other  companies. 
Similarly, under these conditions the business customers that we serve in the United States may delay purchasing decisions, 
delay full implementation of service offerings or reduce their use of services. Also, our ability to gain new customers is to a 
certain extent dependent on the pace of households moving residences and new housing construction within our markets, 

37 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
which are influenced by both national and local economic conditions. In addition, adverse economic conditions may lead to 
an increased number of our residential and business customers that are unable to pay for services. If any of these events were 
to occur, it could have a material negative effect on our operations, business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Pandemics, epidemics or disease outbreaks, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, have, and may continue to, disrupt our 
business and operations, which could materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows. 

The occurrence of pandemics, epidemics or disease outbreaks could materially affect our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows, including due to negative impacts to the global economy, disruptions to global supply chains 
and workforce participation, and volatility and disruption of financial markets.  For example, the COVID-19 pandemic has 
significantly  impacted  the  United  States  and  other  countries,  which  has  resulted  in  international,  federal,  state  and  local 
governments implementing numerous measures to try to reduce the spread of the virus that causes COVID-19, including 
travel  restrictions,  quarantines,  shelter  in  place  or  total  lock-down  orders  and  business  limitations  and  shutdowns.  More 
recently, new variants of COVID-19, such as the Omicron variant and its subvariants, have emerged. The spread of these 
new strains initially caused many government authorities and businesses to reimplement prior restrictions, or impose new 
restrictions, in an effort to lessen the spread of COVID-19 and its variants. While many of these restrictions have been lifted, 
there continues to be significant uncertainty related to the ultimate duration and impact that this global pandemic will have 
on us, including due to future actions that may be taken by government authorities and businesses in response to surges in 
COVID-19 cases. 

We are a part of the United States’ critical infrastructure, and our continued operation is essential to connectivity services 
that  are  vital  during  the  COVID‐19  pandemic.  We  have  taken  and  may  take  further  actions  required  by  governmental 
authorities or that we determine are prudent to support the well-being of our associates, customers, suppliers, business partners 
and others. 

Our business, financial results and financial condition have been and could be further adversely affected by the COVID-19 
pandemic in a number of ways, which may include, but are not limited to, the following: 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

further disruptions to our regular, ongoing operations and restrictions on our sales and marketing efforts, especially
related to business services; 

interruptions  to  our  engineering,  design  and  implementation  of  plant  and  infrastructure  as  well  as  other  important
business activities; 

limitations on associate resources and availability, including in our call centers and among our technicians, due to
labor shortages, health protocols, sickness, government restrictions, the desire of associates to avoid contact with large
groups of people, school closures or other factors, which may further constrain capacity to respond to the increased
demand for our products and services; 

the potential further diversion of senior management’s attention in the event that key and/or large numbers of associates
contract COVID-19 and, consequently, have limited ability or become unable to work; 

interruptions or delays receiving and limited availability of necessary hardware, software and operational supplies,
equipment and support, including those arising as a result of global supply chain constraints; 

   ●  possible reductions of revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and/or Adjusted EBITDA margin and increased expenses as well 
as  greater  difficulty  in  collecting  customer  receivables  resulting  from,  among  other  things,  actions  taken  to  assist
customers and support our associates during the COVID-19 crisis; 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

a fluctuation in interest rates that could result from market uncertainties; 

a continuation or worsening of general economic conditions, including increased inflation; 

an increase in the cost of or the difficulty to obtain debt or equity financing, which could affect our financial condition 
or our ability to fund operations or future acquisition or investment opportunities; 

   ●  potential legislative or regulatory efforts to impose new requirements on our data services; 

   ● 

   ● 

changes to the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets; and 

an increase in regulatory restrictions or continued market volatility that could hinder our ability to execute our business
strategies, including acquisitions and strategic investments, as well as negatively impact our stock price. 

38 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic could negatively affect our internal control over financial reporting, including as a 
result of a portion of our personnel working from home. Accordingly, new processes, procedures and controls have been and 
may continue to be required to respond to changes in our business environment. 

The potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may also impact many of our other risk factors included in this Annual 
Report. The  degree  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  impacts  our  operations,  business,  financial  results  and  financial 
condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, continuously evolving and in many cases cannot 
be predicted. This includes, but is not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic and its variants; its severity; the 
actions taken by governments and regulators to contain the virus or treat its impact, such as the availability and efficacy of 
vaccines (particularly with respect to emerging strains of the virus), and the potential hesitancy to utilize them; supply chain 
constraints; labor supply issues and how quickly and to what extent normal social, economic and operating conditions can 
resume. 

The demand for our residential data and business services may be lower than we expect. 

The future growth in demand for our services is difficult to predict and may differ materially from our current expectations. 
Our business could be adversely affected if the future demand for our services, including in particular our residential data and 
business services, is materially lower than we expect. 

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control. 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond 
our control, including: 

   ● 

   ● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business; 

success or failure of our business strategies; 

   ●  our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry; 

   ●  our ability to obtain financing as needed; 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, dispositions or strategic investments; 

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; 

the failure of securities analysts to cover, or maintain coverage of, our common stock; 

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates; 

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; 

investor perception of the Company and our industry; 

   ●  overall market fluctuations; 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

results from any material litigation or government investigation; 

changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business; 

changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and 

   ●  general economic conditions and other external factors. 

Low trading volume for our stock, which may occur if an active trading market is not sustained, among other reasons, would 
amplify the effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility. 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Stock markets in general can experience volatility that is unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. 
These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. 

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards granted, and that we expect 
to grant in the future, to our directors, officers and other associates. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of the 
financing or consideration paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to 
fund our ongoing operations. We also had $920.0 million of Convertible Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2022 that 
may further dilute your percentage ownership in the Company in the future if such Convertible Notes are converted. 

Any  damage  to  our  reputation  or  brand  image  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations. 

Maintaining a positive reputation and brand image are important factors impacting our ability to sell our products and services. 
The speed at which negative publicity is disseminated has increased dramatically through social media, websites and blogs. 
Our success in maintaining a positive brand image depends on our ability to adapt to this rapidly changing media environment. 
Adverse publicity or negative commentary in any media outlet could damage our reputation and reduce the demand for our 
products and services, which would adversely affect our business. Our reputation or brand image could be adversely impacted 
by negative publicity, commentary or communications (whether or not valid), including related to the following topics: our 
failure  to  maintain  high  ethical  and  social  practices  in  all  of  our  operations  and  activities;  our  failure  to  be  perceived  as 
appropriately  addressing  matters  of  social  responsibility;  our  use  of  social  media;  or  public  perception  of  statements  or 
positions made or taken by us, including our executives and associates. 

If we are unable to retain key associates, our ability to manage our business could be adversely affected. 

Our operational results have depended, and our future results will depend, upon the retention and continued performance of 
our management team. The competitive environment for management talent in the broadband communications industry could 
adversely impact our ability to retain and hire new key associates for management positions. The loss of the services of key 
members of management and the inability or delay in hiring new key associates could adversely affect our ability to manage 
our business and our future operational and financial results. 

Our  ability  to  incur  future  indebtedness,  whether  for  general  corporate  purposes  or  for  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments, may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. 

We may need to seek additional financing for our general corporate purposes or for acquisitions and strategic investments in 
the future, including our obligations under the Call Option or the Put Option relating to our investment in MBI (as described 
under  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Result  of  Operations  –  Financial  Condition: 
Liquidity and Capital Resources – Liquidity”). We may be unable to obtain additional indebtedness on terms favorable to us, 
or at all, including because of the terms of our current indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, 
we may be unable to fund our future activities, which could negatively affect our business. If we raise additional funds by 
issuing debt, we may be subject to limitations on our operations due to restrictive covenants. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors 
for breaches of fiduciary duty under the DGCL. 

Our  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  contains  a  provision  permitted  under  the  DGCL  relating  to  the 
liability of directors. This provision eliminates a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for 
monetary  damages  resulting  from  a  breach  of  fiduciary  duty;  provided  that  such  provision  will  not  eliminate  or  limit  a 
director’s liability: 

   ● 

   ● 

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty; 

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the 
law; 

   ●  under Section 174 of the DGCL (including for unlawful dividends); or 

   ● 

for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for 
monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is 
not available under the DGCL. This provision, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights 
to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. This 
provision will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our Amended and 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against 
directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us 
and our stockholders. 

ITEM 1B.  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

Our headquarters is located in Phoenix, Arizona. The majority of the offices and headend facilities of our individual systems 
are located in buildings owned by us. 

Our  principal  physical  assets  consist  of  our  broadband  plant  and  equipment,  including  signal  receiving,  encoding  and 
decoding devices,  headend  facilities,  fiber-optic  transport  and distribution  networks  and  customer premise  equipment  for 
each of our systems. Our broadband plant and related equipment generally attach to utility poles under pole rental agreements 
with local public utilities and telephone companies, although in certain areas our transport and distribution network is buried 
in  underground  ducts  or  trenches.  We  own  or  lease  real  property  for  signal  reception  sites  and  own  most  of  our  service 
vehicles. 

The physical components of our broadband network requires maintenance and periodic upgrades to improve performance 
and capacity and support existing and new services and products. We also operate a network operations center that monitors 
our network at all times. 

We believe that our properties are generally in good condition and are suitable and adequate to support our operations. 

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of business, we periodically receive claims from third parties alleging that our network and information 
technology  infrastructure  infringes  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  We  have  sometimes  been  named  as  joint 
defendants in these suits together with other providers of data, video and voice services. Typically, these claims allege that 
aspects of our system architecture, electronic program guides, modem technology or VoIP services infringe on process patents 
held by third parties. In addition, we have been subject to various civil lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, including 
contract disputes, actions alleging negligence, invasion of privacy, violations of applicable wage and hour laws and statutory 
and common law claims involving various other matters. We do not view any of these proceedings as material to our business 
and are currently not subject to any other material legal proceedings. 

ITEM 4.  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II 

Market Information 

Our common stock is publicly traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New York Stock Exchange. 

Holders 

As of February 17, 2023, there were approximately 1,053 holders of record of our common stock. 

Dividends 

We  currently  expect  to  continue  to  pay  comparable  quarterly  cash  dividends  on  shares  of  our  common  stock,  subject  to 
approval of the Board. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock between December 31, 2017 and 
December 31, 2022 with the cumulative total returns of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a custom peer group 
index (the “Peer Group”). For purposes of this graph, it assumes a hypothetical $100 investment on December 31, 2017 and 
that dividends, if any, were reinvested. The Peer Group of data, video and voice services companies consists of Altice USA, 
Inc.; Charter Communications, Inc.; Comcast Corporation; and WideOpenWest, Inc. 

The stock price performance shown on this graph is based on historical results and is not necessarily indicative of future stock 
price performance. The graph is furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not being filed for 
purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section, and shall not be deemed 
to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange 
Act. 

43 

  
  
 
  
   
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the purchases of our common stock by us and any affiliated 
purchasers within the meaning of Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act during the three months ended December 31, 
2022 (dollars in thousands, except per share data): 

   Total Number 

of Shares 
Purchased 

      Average Price 
      Paid per Share 

Period 
October 1 to 31, 2022(2) .........      
November 1 to 30, 2022 ........      
December 1 to 31, 2022 ........      
Total ......................................      

20,727      $ 
20,475      $ 
20,475      $ 
61,677      $ 

815.82        
725.73        
717.88        
753.40        

20,475      $ 
20,475      $ 
20,475      $ 
61,425        

271,355  
256,496  
241,797  

      Total Number of        Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares 
that May Yet Be 
Purchased 
      Under the Plans    
or Programs 

Shares Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs(1) 

(1)  On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common 
stock), which was announced on August 7, 2015 (the "2015 Program"). On May 20, 2022, the Board authorized up to $450.0 million 
of additional share repurchases (with no cap as to the number of shares of common stock), which was announced on May 23, 2022 
(the "2022 Program" and, together with the 2015 Program, the "Share Repurchase Programs"). The 2022 Program was in addition to 
the  repurchase  authorization  then  remaining  under  the  2015  Program. The  authorizations  do not  have  an  expiration  date.  The 
Company  exhausted  the  share  repurchase  authorization  under  the  2015  Program  during  the  second  quarter  of  2022 and 
had $241.8 million  of  remaining  share  repurchase  authorization  under  the  2022  Program  as  of  December  31,  2022. Additional 
purchases under the 2022 Program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The 
size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including share price and business and market conditions. 
Includes shares withheld from associates to satisfy estimated tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted 
stock and/or  exercises  of  stock  appreciation  rights  under  the  Incentive  Compensation  Plans  (as  defined  elsewhere  in  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K). The average price paid per share for the common stock withheld was based on the closing price of our common 
stock on the applicable vesting or exercise measurement date. 

(2) 

44 

  
  
  
     
  
        
  
  
  
     
  
        
  
     
     
  
  
        
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
 
ITEM 6. 

[RESERVED] 

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with 
our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well 
as the discussion in the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Business.” This discussion contains forward-
looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied 
by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” 

Throughout  this  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  all  totals, 
percentages and year-over-year changes are calculated using exact numbers. Minor differences may exist due to rounding. 

The  results  discussed  below include  Hargray  operations  for  the  period  since  the  May  3,  2021  acquisition  date  and 
CableAmerica operations for the period since the December 30, 2021 acquisition date, and exclude the operations contributed 
to Clearwave Fiber for the period since the January 1, 2022 contribution date. Hargray and CableAmerica operations are 
collectively referred to as the "Acquired Operations" within the following discussion. During the second quarter of 2022, we 
divested our Tallahassee, Florida system and certain other non-core assets. 

Overview  

We are a leading broadband communications provider committed to connecting customers and communities to what matters 
most. We strive to deliver an effortless experience by offering solutions that make our customers’ lives easier, and by relating 
to  them personally  as our  neighbors  and  local  business partners. Powered by  our fiber-rich  infrastructure,  the  Cable  One 
family  of  brands  provides  residential  customers  with  a  wide  array  of  connectivity  and  entertainment  services,  including 
Gigabit speeds, advanced Wi-Fi and video. For businesses ranging from small and mid-market up to enterprise, wholesale 
and carrier, we offer scalable, cost-effective solutions that enable businesses of all sizes to grow, compete and succeed. We 
believe the services we provide are critical to the development of new businesses and drive economic growth in the non-
metropolitan, secondary and tertiary markets that we serve in 24 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. As of December 
31,  2022,  approximately  74% of  our  customers  were  located  in  seven  states:  Arizona,  Idaho, Mississippi,  Missouri, 
Oklahoma, South Carolina and Texas. We provided service to more than 1.1 million residential and business customers out 
of  approximately  2.7 million  homes  passed  as  of  December  31,  2022.  Of 
these  customers,  approximately 
1,060,000 subscribed to data services, 182,000 subscribed to video services and 132,000 subscribed to voice services as of 
December 31, 2022. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through three primary product lines. Ranked by share of our total revenues 
during 2022, they are residential data (54.8%), residential video (19.1%) and business services (data, voice and video provided 
to businesses: 17.9%). The profit margins, growth rates and/or capital intensity of these three primary product lines vary 
significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In 2022, our Adjusted EBITDA margins for residential data and business services were approximately five and six times 
greater, respectively, than for residential video, compared to nine and eleven times greater, respectively, in 2021. The year-
over-year  change  was  due  primarily  to  the  disaggregation  of  residential  bulk  video  customers  and  an  additional  rate 
adjustment during 2022, resulting in higher overall residential video margins compared to 2021. We define Adjusted EBITDA 
margin for a product line as Adjusted EBITDA attributable to that product line divided by revenue attributable to that product 
line (see “Use of Adjusted EBITDA” below for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA 
to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure). This margin disparity is largely the result of significant 
programming costs and retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which in each of the last three years 
represented between 64% and 66% of total residential video revenues. Neither of our other primary product lines has direct 
costs representing as substantial a portion of revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for residential 
video, and indirect costs are generally allocated on a per PSU basis. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We focus on growing our higher margin businesses, namely residential data and business services, rather than on growing 
revenues through maximizing customer PSUs. Our strategy acknowledges the industry-wide trends of declining profitability 
of residential video services and declining revenues from residential voice services. The declining profitability of residential 
video services is due primarily to increasing programming costs and retransmission fees and competition from other streaming 
content  providers,  and  the  declining  revenues  from  residential  voice  services  are  due  primarily  to  the  increasing  use  of 
wireless voice services instead of residential voice services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers who are 
likely to produce higher relative value over the life of their service relationships with us, are less attracted by discounting, 
require  less  support  and  churn  less.  This  strategy  focuses  on  increasing  Adjusted  EBITDA,  driving  higher  margins  and 
delivering attractive levels of Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. 

Excluding  the  effects  of  recently  completed  and  any  potential  future  acquisitions  and  divestitures,  the  trends  described 
above have impacted, and are expected to further impact, our three primary product lines in the following ways: 

   ●  Residential data. We have experienced significant growth in residential data customers and revenues since 2013. We 
expect growth for this product line to continue over the long-term as we believe upgrades made in our broadband
capacity, our ability to offer higher access speeds than many of our competitors, the reliability and flexibility of our
data  service  offerings  and  our  Wi-Fi  support  service  will  enable  us  to  continue  to  grow  ARPU from  our  existing 
customers  and  capture  additional  market  share  from  both  data  subscribers  who  use  other  providers  as  well  as
households in our footprint that do not yet subscribe to data services from any provider. Our broadband plant generally
consists  of  a  fiber-to-the-premises  or  HFC  network  with  ample  unused  capacity,  and  we  offer  our  data  customers
internet  products  at  faster  speeds  than  those  available  from  competitors  in most  of  our  markets. During  the fourth 
quarter of 2022, our average residential data customer used 639 Gigabytes of data per month, with nearly 20% of our
customers using over 1 Terabyte of data per month. We believe that the capacity and reliability of our networks exceeds 
that of our competitors in most of our markets and best positions us to meet the continuously increasing consumption
demands of customers. We experienced elevated growth rates in residential data customers and revenues during the
first two years of the COVID-19 pandemic, but are now seeing a return to more normalized, pre-pandemic growth 
patterns. 

   ●  Residential video. Residential video service is an increasingly costly and fragmented business, with programming costs
and retransmission fees continuing to escalate in the face of a proliferation of streaming content alternatives. We intend
to continue our strategy of focusing on the higher-margin businesses of residential data and business services while
de-emphasizing  our  residential  video  business.  As  a  result  of  our  video  strategy,  we  expect  that  residential  video
customers and revenues will decline further in the future. We now offer Sparklight TV, an IPTV video service that
allows customers with our Sparklight TV app to stream our video channels from the cloud. This transition from linear
to  IPTV  video  service  enables  us  to  reclaim  bandwidth,  freeing  up  network  capacity  to  increase  data  speeds  and 
capacity across our network. 

   ●  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data customers and revenues since 2013. We
attribute this growth to our strategic focus on increasing sales to business customers and our efforts to attract enterprise
business customers. We expect to experience continued growth in business data customers and revenues over the long-
term. Margins for products sold to business customers have remained attractive, which we expect will continue. 

We continue to experience increased competition, particularly from telephone companies; fiber, municipal and cooperative 
overbuilders; FWA data providers; OTT video providers; and DBS television providers. Because of the levels of competition 
we  face,  we  believe  it  is  important  to  make  investments  in  our  infrastructure.  In  addition,  a  key  objective  of  our  capital 
allocation process is to invest in initiatives designed to drive revenue and Adjusted EBITDA expansion. Approximately 65% 
of our total capital expenditures since 2017 were focused on infrastructure improvements that were intended to grow these 
measures. We continue to invest capital to, among other things, increase fiber density and coverage, expand our footprint, 
increase  plant  and  data  capacity,  enhance network  reliability  and  improve  the  customer  experience.  We  offer Gigabit 
download data service to nearly all of our homes passed and have deployed DOCSIS 3.1, which, together with Sparklight 
TV, further increases our network capacity and enables future growth in our residential data and business services product 
lines. 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We expect to continue devoting financial resources to infrastructure improvements in existing and newly acquired markets 
as well as to expand high-speed data service in areas adjacent to our existing network. We believe these investments are 
necessary to continually meet our customers’ needs and to remain competitive. The capital enhancements associated with 
recent acquisitions include rebuilding low-capacity markets; reclaiming bandwidth from analog video services; implementing 
32-channel  bonding;  deploying  DOCSIS 4.0;  consolidating  back-office  functions  such  as  billing,  accounting  and  service 
provisioning; migrating products to Cable One's platforms; and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. 

Our primary goals are to continue growing residential data and business services revenues, to increase profit margins and to 
deliver  strong  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  less  capital  expenditures.  To  achieve  these  goals,  we  intend  to 
continue our disciplined cost management approach, remain focused on customers with expected higher relative value and 
follow  through  with  further  planned  investments  in  broadband plant  upgrades,  including  the deployment  of  DOCSIS 4.0 
capabilities  and  new  data  service  offerings  for  residential  and  business  customers.  We  also  plan  to  continue  seeking 
broadband-related acquisition and strategic investment opportunities in rural markets in addition to pursuing organic growth 
through market expansion projects. Given our strategic focus on our higher margin residential data and business services 
product lines, we assess our level of capital expenditures relative to Adjusted EBITDA, unlike others in our industry who 
may compare their capital expenditures to revenues due to their much larger residential video customer bases. 

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation, which substantially impacts our operational and administrative 
expenses. In addition, we could be significantly impacted by changes to the existing regulatory framework, whether triggered 
by  legislative,  administrative  or  judicial  rulings.  Congress  and  numerous  states,  including  Arizona,  Minnesota  and 
Missouri (where we have subscribers), have proposed legislation and/or administrative actions in the past or currently are 
considering such actions, which could lead to increased regulation of our provision of data services, including proposed rules 
regarding net neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted 
legislation  that  requires  entities  providing  broadband  internet  access  service  in  the  state  to  comply  with  net  neutrality 
requirements  or  that  prohibits  state  and  local  government  agencies  from  contracting  with  internet  service  providers  that 
engage in certain network management activities based on paid prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. We 
cannot predict whether or when any future changes to the regulatory framework will occur at the federal or state level or 
whether or to what extent those changes may affect our operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

We  serve  our  customers  through  a  plant  and  network  with  capacity  generally  measuring  750 megahertz  or  higher 
and have DOCSIS 3.1 capabilities throughout our systems. Our technically advanced fiber-based infrastructure provides for 
delivery of a full suite of data, video and voice products. Our broadband plant generally consists of a fiber-to-the-premises 
or HFC network with ample unused capacity, and nearly all of our homes passed have access to Gigabit download speeds, 
which we believe meaningfully distinguishes our offerings from competitors in most of our markets. As a result of multi-year 
investments  in  our  legacy  Cable  One  plant,  we  increased broadband  capacity  and reliability, which has  enabled  and  will 
continue to enable us to offer even higher download speeds to our customers. In addition, we expect to deploy symmetrical 
Gigabit speeds over our data network in select markets by the end of 2023 and deploy DOCSIS 4.0 beginning in 2024. These 
upgrades will allow us to further increase plant capacity in support of ongoing increases in consumer demand. We believe 
these investments will reinforce our competitive strength in this area. 

47 

  
  
  
  
 
 
In addition to our organic growth, we have also completed a number of acquisitions in recent years. In 2017, we acquired 
NewWave for $740.2 million. In 2019, we acquired Clearwave for $358.8 million and Fidelity for $531.4 million. In 2020, 
we acquired Valu-Net for $38.9 million. In 2020, we contributed the assets of our Anniston System to Hargray in exchange 
for an approximately 15% equity interest in Hargray and subsequently acquired the remaining approximately 85% equity 
interest  in  2021  for  approximately  $2.0  billion.  We  also  acquired  certain  assets  and  assumed  certain  liabilities  from 
CableAmerica for $113.1 million in late 2021. 

In recent years, we have made investments in several broadband-centric providers serving non-urban markets that follow 
various strategies similar to our own. Such strategic investments capitalize on opportunities that may not have existed under 
a full ownership model, allow us to participate more aggressively in the fiber expansion business and may potentially provide 
future  acquisition  or  investment  opportunities,  while  allowing  our  management  team  to  focus  on  our  core  business  and 
without burdening our cash flow. In 2020, we invested a combined $634.9 million in CTI, Nextlink, Wisper and MBI and 
contributed the assets of the Anniston System to Hargray in exchange for an approximately 15% equity interest. In 2021, we 
invested a combined $95.8 million in Point Broadband, Tristar and Nextlink. In 2022, our strategic investment and divestiture 
activities consisted of the following: 

   ●  On January 1, 2022, we closed a joint venture transaction in which we contributed certain fiber operations (including 
certain  fiber  assets  of  Hargray  and  a  majority  of  the  operations  of  Clearwave)  and  certain  unaffiliated  third-party 
investors  contributed  cash,  to  a newly  formed  entity,  Clearwave  Fiber. The  operations  we  contributed  generated 
approximately 3% of our consolidated revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2021. Our approximately 
58% investment in Clearwave Fiber was valued at $440.0 million as of the closing date. We recognized a non-cash 
gain of $22.1 million associated with this transaction. Clearwave Fiber is intended to accelerate deployment of fiber 
internet to residents and businesses in existing markets and near-adjacent areas, as well as to provide connectivity to 
unserved and underserved areas in such markets via fiber-to-the-premises service. 

   ●  On March 24, 2022, we invested an additional $5.4 million in Point Broadband and hold a less than 10% ownership 

interest in Point Broadband. 

   ●  On April 1, 2022, we contributed our Tallahassee, Florida system to MetroNet, a fiber internet service provider, in 
exchange for cash consideration of $7.0 million and an equity interest of less than 10% in MetroNet valued at $7.0 
million. 

   ●  On June 1, 2022, we completed a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership interest in Visionary, an 

internet service provider, for $7.2 million. 

   ●  On September 6, 2022, we entered into a subscription agreement with Ziply, a fiber internet service provider, under 
which we agreed to invest up to $50.0 million in Ziply for a less than 10% equity interest. We invested $22.2 million 
in Ziply during November 2022 and expect to invest the remaining $27.8 million during 2023. 

Refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 for discussion and analysis of our financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations  for 2021  compared  to 2020  contained  in  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Results of Operations 

Key Performance Measures Summary 

The following table summarizes certain key measures of our results of operations (dollars in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

   Change 

100,207    
Revenues .......................................................................................... $  1,706,043  $  1,605,836  $ 
17,790    
Total costs and expenses .................................................................. $  1,167,054  $  1,149,264  $ 
82,417    
456,572  $ 
Income from operations .................................................................... $ 
538,989  $ 
(57,706)   
291,824  $ 
Net income ....................................................................................... $ 
234,118  $ 
738,040  $ 
Cash flows from operating activities ................................................ $ 
33,699    
704,341  $ 
(448,267) $ (2,471,570) $  2,023,303    
Cash flows from investing activities ................................................ $ 
(463,425) $  1,581,122  $ (2,044,547)   
Cash flows from financing activities ................................................ $ 
72,526    
839,325  $ 
911,851  $ 
Adjusted EBITDA ............................................................................ $ 
22,161    
391,934  $ 
414,095  $ 
Capital expenditures ......................................................................... $ 

   % Change   
6.2  
1.5  
18.1  
(19.8) 
4.8  
NM  
(129.3) 
8.6  
5.7  

NM = Not meaningful. 

PSU and Customer Counts 

Selected subscriber data for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands, except percentages): 

Residential data PSUs ..................................................................      
Residential video PSUs ................................................................      
Residential voice PSUs ................................................................      
Total residential PSUs ..............................................................      

963.7      
171.2      
91.3      
1,226.3      

   As of December 31, 
2021 

2022 

     Annual Net Gain/(Loss)    
     % Change   
     Change 
0.7  
(30.7) 
(13.3) 
(6.4) 

6.4      
(75.7)     
(14.0)     
(83.3)     

957.4      
246.9      
105.3      
1,309.6      

Business data PSUs ......................................................................      
Business video PSUs ....................................................................      
Business voice PSUs ....................................................................      
Total business services PSUs ....................................................      

96.6      
10.3      
40.8      
147.7      

97.3      
13.8      
44.0      
155.1      

Total data PSUs ............................................................................      
Total video PSUs ..........................................................................      
Total voice PSUs ..........................................................................      
Total PSUs ................................................................................      

1,060.4      
181.5      
132.1      
1,374.0      

1,054.7      
260.7      
149.3      
1,464.6      

Residential customer relationships ...............................................      
Business customer relationships ...................................................      
Total customer relationships .....................................................      

1,010.2      
101.6      
1,111.7      

1,046.9      
105.1      
1,151.9      

(0.7)     
(3.5)     
(3.2)     
(7.3)     

5.7      
(79.2)     
(17.2)     
(90.6)     

(36.7)     
(3.5)     
(40.2)     

(0.7) 
(25.1) 
(7.3) 
(4.7) 

0.5  
(30.4) 
(11.5) 
(6.2) 

(3.5) 
(3.4) 
(3.5) 

Homes passed ...............................................................................      

2,704.3      

2,662.0      

42.3      

1.6  

49 

  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
In recent years, our customer mix has shifted away from double- and triple-play packages combining data, video and/or voice 
services, which is in line with our strategy of focusing on our higher margin residential data and business services product 
lines. This  is  largely  because  some  residential  video  customers  have  defected  to  DBS  services  and  OTT  offerings  and 
households continue to discontinue residential voice service. In addition, we have focused on selling data-only packages to 
new customers rather than cross-selling video to these customers. 

Use of Nonfinancial Metrics and ARPU 

We use various nonfinancial metrics to measure, manage and monitor our operating performance on an ongoing basis. Such 
metrics include homes passed, PSUs and customer relationships. Homes passed represents the number of serviceable and 
marketable homes and businesses passed by our active plant. A PSU represents a single subscription to a particular service 
offering. Residential bulk multi-dwelling PSUs are generally classified as residential and are counted at the individual unit 
level. Business voice customers who have multiple voice lines are counted as a single PSU. A customer relationship represents 
a single customer who subscribes to one or more PSUs. 

We  believe  homes  passed,  PSU  and  customer  relationship  counts  are  useful  to  investors  in  evaluating  our  operating 
performance. Similar measures with similar titles are common measures used by investors, analysts and peers to compare 
performance in our industry, although our measures of homes passed, PSUs and customer relationships may not be directly 
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

We use ARPU to evaluate and monitor the amount of revenue generated by each type of service subscribed to by customers 
and the contribution to total revenues as well as to analyze and compare growth patterns. Residential ARPU values represent 
the applicable residential service revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the corresponding average 
of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each period, divided by the number of months in the period, except that 
for any PSUs added or subtracted as a result of an acquisition or divestiture occurring during the period, the associated ARPU 
values represent the applicable residential service revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the pro-
rated  average  number  of  PSUs  during  such  period.  Business  services  ARPU  values  represent  business  services  revenues 
divided by the average of the number of business customer relationships at the beginning and end of each period, divided by 
the number of months in the period, except that for any business customer relationships added or subtracted as a result of an 
acquisition  or  divestiture  occurring  during  the  period,  the  associated  ARPU  values  represent  business  services  revenues 
divided by the pro-rated average number of business customer relationships during such period. 

We believe ARPU is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. ARPU and similar measures with similar 
titles  are  common  measures  used  by  investors,  analysts  and  peers  to  compare  performance  in  our  industry,  although  our 
measure of ARPU may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

2022 Compared to 2021 

Revenues  

Revenues  increased  $100.2 million,  or  6.2%,  due  primarily  to  $96.8 million  of  additional  revenues from  the 
Acquired Operations as well as an increase in higher margin residential data and business services revenues from operations 
not  contributed  to  Clearwave  Fiber,  partially  offset  by  the  contribution  of  Clearwave  operations  to  Clearwave  Fiber  that 
generated $22.5 million of revenues in the prior year and decreases in residential video and residential voice revenues. 

Revenues by service offering for 2022 and 2021, together with the percentages of total revenues that each item represented 
for the years presented, were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

   Revenues     
Residential data ........................................   $  934,564      
Residential video ......................................      325,200      
43,096      
Residential voice ......................................     
Business services ......................................      305,286      
Other .........................................................     
97,897      
Total revenues ..........................................   $ 1,706,043      

% of 
Total 

     Revenues     
54.8    $ 835,725      
19.1       339,707      
47,519      
17.9       308,767      
74,118      
100.0    $1,605,836      

5.7      

2.5      

% of 
Total 

Change      

2022 vs. 2021 
% 
$  
Change    
11.8  
(4.3) 
(9.3) 
(1.1) 
32.1  
6.2  

52.0    $
21.2      
3.0      
19.2      
4.6      

98,839      
(14,507)     
(4,423)     
(3,481)     
23,779      
100.0    $ 100,207      

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
Residential data service revenues increased $98.8 million, or 11.8%, due primarily to $51.3 million of additional revenues 
from  the  Acquired  Operations  as  well  as  organic  subscriber  growth,  a  reduction  in  package  discounting  and  increased 
customer subscriptions to premium tiers, including the migration of customers on our 100 Mbps plan to our 200 Mbps plan in 
March 2022. 

Residential  video  service  revenues  decreased  $14.5 million,  or  4.3%,  due  primarily  to  a decrease  in  residential  video 
subscribers,  partially  offset  by $17.7 million  of  additional  revenues  from  the  Acquired  Operations and  a  rate  adjustment 
implemented in March 2022. 

Residential  voice  service  revenues  decreased  $4.4 million,  or  9.3%,  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  residential  voice 
subscribers, partially offset by $2.5 million of additional revenues from the Acquired Operations. 

Business services revenues decreased $3.5 million, or 1.1%, due primarily to the contribution of Clearwave operations to 
Clearwave Fiber that generated $22.5 million of business services revenues in the prior year, partially offset by $5.0 million 
of additional revenues from the Acquired Operations and organic growth in our business data and voice services to small and 
medium-sized businesses and enterprise customers. 

Other revenues increased $23.8 million, or 32.1%, due primarily to $20.2 million of additional revenues from the Acquired 
Operations, consisting primarily of regulatory revenues. 

ARPU for the indicated service offerings for 2022 and 2021 were as follows: 

Residential data ............................................................................    $ 
Residential video ..........................................................................    $ 
Residential voice ..........................................................................    $ 
Business services ..........................................................................    $ 

81.12    $
130.06    $
36.60    $
252.19    $

Costs and Expenses  

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2022 

2021 

2022 vs. 2021 
     $ Change       % Change   
2.8  
2.19      
16.7  
18.62      
(6.0) 
(2.32)     
(4.7) 
(12.57)     

78.93    $ 
111.44    $ 
38.92    $ 
264.76    $ 

Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) were $470.9 million for 2022 and increased $15.6 million, or 
3.4%,  compared  to  2021.  The  increase in  operating  expenses  was  primarily  attributable  to  $28.0 million  of  additional 
expenses related to the Acquired Operations and increases of $6.2 million in labor and other compensation-related costs, $2.6 
million in fuel costs, $2.6 million in health insurance costs and $2.2 million in professional fees, partially offset by a $26.6 
million reduction in programming and franchise fees as a result of video customer losses and a decrease of $2.6 million in 
rent expense. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were 27.6% and 28.4% for 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $350.3 million for 2022 and increased $3.3 million, or 0.9%, compared to 
2021. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to increases of $4.7 million in 
professional fees, $4.0 million in bad debt expense, $3.1 million in software costs, and $2.8 million in health insurance costs, 
partially offset by decreases of $7.6 million in acquisition-related costs and $3.4 million in system conversion costs. Selling, 
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 20.5% and 21.6% for 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $350.5 million for 2022 and increased $11.4 million, or 3.4%, compared to 2021. 
The increase was primarily due to $21.1 million of additional expense from the Acquired Operations, partially offset by lower 
expense resulting  from  the  Clearwave  Fiber  Contribution. Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  as  a  percentage  of 
revenues was 20.5% and 21.1% for 2022 and 2021, respectively.  

We recognized a net loss on asset sales and disposals of $9.2 million and $7.8 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

We recognized a non-cash gain of $22.1 million associated with the Clearwave Fiber Contribution and a $8.3 million non-
cash loss associated with the dispositions of our Tallahassee, Florida system and certain other non-core assets during 2022. 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Interest Expense 

Interest expense was $137.7 million for 2022 and increased $24.3 million, or 21.4%, compared to 2021, driven primarily by 
additional outstanding debt and higher interest rates. 

Other Income (Expense), Net 

Other  expense,  net,  was $25.9 million  for 2022 and  consisted  primarily of  a  $40.7 million  non-cash  loss on  fair  value 
adjustment associated with the MBI Net Option, partially offset by $13.7 million of interest and investment income. Other 
expense, net, was $6.0 million for 2021 and consisted primarily of a $50.3 million non-cash loss on fair value adjustment 
associated with the MBI Net Option and $2.1 million of debt issuance cost write-offs, partially offset by a $33.4 million non-
cash gain on fair value adjustment associated with our existing investment in Hargray upon the Hargray Acquisition, $11.6 
million of interest and investment income and a $2.3 million non-cash mark-to-market investment gain. 

Income Tax Provision 

Income tax provision was $126.3 million for 2022 and increased $80.6 million, or 176.0%, compared to 2021. Our effective 
tax rate was 33.7% and 13.6% for 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate was due primarily to a 
$35.4 million income tax benefit from the reversal of a pre-existing deferred tax liability on the Hargray investment in the 
prior year that did not recur in the current year and a $22.9 million deferred income tax expense in the current year due to a 
revaluation of the existing net deferred tax liability as a result of the adoption of unitary filing position for state income tax 
purposes upon Hargray's integration into Cable One. 

Net Income 

Net income was $234.1 million for 2022 compared to $291.8 million for 2021.  

Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Cash Flow Hedges and Other, Net of Tax  

Unrealized  gain on  cash  flow  hedges  and  other,  net  of  tax  was  $132.8 million  and  $57.9  million  for  2022 and  2021, 
respectively, with the increase due primarily to comparatively larger increases in forward interest rates. 

Use of Adjusted EBITDA 

We use certain measures that are not defined by GAAP to evaluate various aspects of our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a 
non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income 
reported  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  reconciled  to  net  income  below,  the  most  directly  comparable 
GAAP financial measure. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  income  plus  interest  expense,  income  tax  provision,  depreciation  and  amortization, 
equity-based compensation, (gain) loss on deferred compensation, acquisition-related costs, (gain) loss on asset sales and 
disposals, system conversion costs, rebranding costs, (gain) loss on sales of businesses, equity method investment (income) 
loss, other (income) expense and other unusual items, as provided in the following table. As such, it eliminates the significant 
non-cash depreciation and amortization expense that results from the capital-intensive nature of our business as well as other 
non-cash or special items and is unaffected by our capital structure or investment activities. This measure is limited in that it 
does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues and our 
cash cost of debt financing. These costs are evaluated through other financial measures. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We use Adjusted EBITDA to assess our performance. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA generally correlates to the measure 
used in the leverage ratio calculations under the New Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes Indenture (as defined elsewhere 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) to determine compliance with the covenants contained in the New Credit Agreement 
and the ability to take certain actions under the Senior Notes Indenture. Adjusted EBITDA is also a significant performance 
measure used by us in our incentive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account cash used for 
mandatory  debt  service  requirements  or  other  non-discretionary  expenditures,  and  thus  does  not  represent  residual  funds 
available for discretionary uses. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Net income ...................................................................................   $

2022 
234,118    $

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2022 vs. 2021 
     $ Change       % Change   
(19.8) 

(57,706)     

2021 
291,824    $ 

Plus: Interest expense ...................................................................     
Income tax provision .........................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ...........................................     
Equity-based compensation ...............................................     
(Gain) loss on deferred compensation ...............................     
Acquisition-related costs ...................................................     
(Gain) loss on asset sales and disposals, net ......................     
System conversion costs ....................................................     
Rebranding costs ...............................................................     
(Gain) loss on sales of businesses, net ...............................     
Equity method investment (income) loss, net ....................     
Other (income) expense, net ..............................................     

137,713      
126,332      
350,462      
22,514      
(154)     
3,208      
9,199      
1,466      
-      
(13,833)     
14,913      
25,913      

113,449      
45,765      
339,025      
20,054      
174      
10,770      
7,829      
4,831      
70      
-      
(468)     
6,002      

24,264      
80,567      
11,437      
2,460      
(328)     
(7,562)     
1,370      
(3,365)     
(70)     
(13,833)     
15,381      
19,911      

21.4  
176.0  
3.4  
12.3  
(188.5) 
(70.2) 
17.5  
(69.7) 
(100.0) 
NM  
NM  
NM  

Adjusted EBITDA ........................................................................   $

911,851    $

839,325    $ 

72,526      

8.6  

NM = Not meaningful. 

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and 
similar measures with similar titles are common measures used by investors, analysts and peers to compare performance in 
our industry, although our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported 
by other companies. 

53 

  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Our primary funding requirements are for our ongoing operations, capital expenditures, potential acquisitions and strategic 
investments, payments of quarterly dividends and share repurchases. We believe that existing cash balances, our Senior Credit 
Facilities and operating cash flows will provide adequate support for these funding requirements over the next 12 months. 
However, our ability to fund operations, make capital expenditures, make future acquisitions and strategic investments, pay 
quarterly dividends and make share repurchases depends on future operating performance and cash flows, which, in turn, are 
subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

As part of our 45% minority equity interest in MBI, we acquired the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all but not less 
than all of the remaining equity interests in MBI that we do not already own between January 1, 2023 and June 30, 2024 (the 
"Call Option"). If we do not exercise the Call Option, then investors affiliated with GTCR LLC, a private equity firm based 
in Chicago, have the right, but not the obligation, to sell (and to cause all members of MBI other than us to sell) to us and, in 
such case, we are obligated to purchase all but not less than all of the direct and indirect equity interests in MBI that we do 
not already own between July 1, 2025 through September 30, 2025 (the "Put Option"). The purchase price payable upon the 
exercise of the Call Option or the Put Option, as applicable, will be calculated under a formula based on a multiple of MBI’s 
adjusted EBITDA. We have not yet obtained the capital that we believe will be necessary to pay the purchase price if either 
the Call Option or the Put Option are exercised. 

The following table shows a summary of our net cash flows for the years indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Net cash provided by operating activities .....................................    $
Net cash used in investing activities .............................................      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ......................      
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents .........................................      
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ...........................      
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....................................    $

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2021 
2022 
738,040    $
33,699      
704,341    $ 
(448,267)      (2,471,570)      2,023,303      
(463,425)      1,581,122       (2,044,547)     
12,455      
(186,107)     
(173,652)     
574,909      
388,802      
(186,107)     
388,802    $  (173,652)     
215,150    $

2022 vs. 2021 
     $ Change       % Change   
4.8  
(81.9) 
(129.3) 
(6.7) 
(32.4) 
(44.7) 

The  $33.7 million  year-over-year  increase in  net  cash  provided  by operating  activities  was  primarily  attributable  to  an 
increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $72.5 million, a favorable change in accounts payable and lower acquisition-related and 
system conversion costs, partially offset by increases in cash paid for interest and income taxes and an unfavorable change in 
accounts receivable. 

The $2.0 billion year-over-year decrease in net cash used in investing activities was due primarily to the $2.1 billion paid for 
the Hargray Acquisition and CableAmerica acquisition in the prior year; $45.4 million of lower debt and equity investments; 
and $9.2 million of proceeds received from the dispositions of our Tallahassee, Florida system and certain other non-core 
assets  during  2022, partially  offset  by $68.7  million  in  dividends  received  in  the  prior  year  that  did  not  recur and  a 
$26.2 million increase in cash paid for capital expenditures. 

The $2.0 billion change in net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from the prior year was due primarily to net 
proceeds of $1.7 billion from debt issuances in the prior year that did not recur, as well as $353.3 million of share repurchases 
during  2022 that  did  not  occur  in  the  prior  year.  Refer  to  the  following  section  for  further  information  on  our  financing 
activity. 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of 
our common stock). On May 20, 2022, the Board authorized up to $450.0 million of additional share repurchases (with no 
cap as to the number of shares of common stock). We exhausted the share repurchase authorization under the 2015 Program 
during  the  second  quarter  of  2022  and  had  $241.8 million  of  remaining  share  repurchase  authorization  under  the  2022 
Program as of December 31, 2022. Additional purchases under the 2022 Program may be made from time to time on the open 
market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, 
including share price and business and market conditions. Since the inception of the Share Repurchase Programs through the 
end of 2022, we have repurchased 504,693 shares of our common stock at an aggregate cost of $458.2 million, including 
294,062  shares  purchased  at  an  aggregate  cost  of  $353.3 million  during 2022. We  may,  from  time  to  time,  continue  to 
opportunistically repurchase shares depending on the trading price of our common stock, market conditions and other factors. 

We  currently  expect  to  continue  to  pay  comparable  quarterly  cash  dividends  on  shares  of  our  common  stock,  subject  to 
approval of the Board. During the fourth quarter of 2022, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.85 per share of 
common stock, which was paid on December 16, 2022, bringing total dividends distributed during 2022 to $66.3 million. On 
February 7, 2023, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.85 per share of common stock to be paid on March 10, 
2023 to holders of record as of February 21, 2023. 

Financing Activity 

Senior Credit Facilities 

The third amended and restated credit agreement among us, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan"), as administrative 
agent,  and  the lenders  party  thereto,  dated  as  of  October  30,  2020 (as  amended  prior  to  February  22,  2023,  the  "Credit 
Agreement"), provides  for  senior  secured  term  loans  in  original  aggregate  principal  amounts  of  $700.0 million  maturing 
in 2025 (the  “Term  Loan  A-2”),  $250.0 million  maturing  in 2027 (the  “Term  Loan  B-2”), $625.0 million  maturing 
in 2027 (the “Term Loan B-3”) and $800.0 million maturing in 2028 (the "Term Loan B-4"), as well as a $500.0 million 
revolving credit facility maturing in 2025 (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan A-2, the Term 
Loan B-2, the Term Loan B-3 and the Term Loan B-4, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). The Revolving Credit Facility also 
gives us the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit 
Facility. 

On February 22, 2023, we entered into the fourth amended and restated credit agreement with JPMorgan, as administrative 
agent, and the lenders party thereto to amend and restate the Credit Agreement (as amended and restated, the "New Credit 
Agreement"). The New Credit Agreement amended the Credit Agreement to, among other things, (i) increase the aggregate 
principal  amount  of  commitments  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  by  $500.0  million  to  $1.0  billion;  (ii)  extend  the 
scheduled maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility from October 2025 to February 2028; (iii) upsize the Term Loan B-3 by 
$150.0 million to $757.0 million (the "TLB-3 Upsize"); (iv) extend the scheduled maturities of the Term Loan B-2 and the 
Term Loan B-3 from October 2027 to October 2029; (v) increase the fixed spreads on the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan 
B-3 from 2.00% to 2.25%; and (vi) transition the benchmark interest rate for the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan 
B-2 and the Term Loan B-3 from LIBOR to SOFR plus a 10 basis point credit spread adjustment by March 1, 2023. Upon 
the effectiveness of the New Credit Agreement, we drew $488.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility and, together 
with the net proceeds from the TLB-3 Upsize, repaid all $638.3 million aggregate principal amount of our then outstanding 
Term Loan A-2. 

The interest margins applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities are, at our option, equal to either (a) SOFR plus 10 basis points 
(or, in the case of the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3 for any day prior to March 1, 2023, and in the case of the Term 
Loan B-4, LIBOR) or (b) a base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to, (i) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, 
1.25% to 1.75% for SOFR loans and 0.25% to 0.75% for base rate loans, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a 
pricing grid based on our Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (ii) with respect to the Term Loan 
B-2 and the Term Loan B-3, (x) for any day prior to March 1, 2023, 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 1.0% for base rate loans 
and (y) for any day thereafter through its repayment, 2.25% for SOFR loans and 1.0% for base rate loans, and (iii) with 
respect to the Term Loan B-4, 2.0% for LIBOR loans and 1.0% for base rate loans. 

The Senior Credit Facilities contain customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, including 
limitations  on  indebtedness,  liens,  restricted  payments,  prepayments  of  certain  indebtedness,  investments,  dispositions  of 
assets, restrictions on subsidiary distributions and negative pledge clauses, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates 
and amendments to organizational documents. The Senior Credit Facilities also require that we maintain specified ratios of 
total net indebtedness and first lien net indebtedness to consolidated operating cash flow. The Senior Credit Facilities also 
contain customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts, material inaccuracy 
of any representation or warranty, failure to observe or perform any covenant, default in respect of our and our restricted 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
subsidiaries’ other material  debt, bankruptcy or  insolvency,  the entry  against  us or  any  of  our  restricted  subsidiaries  of  a 
material judgment, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, impairment of the loan documentation and the occurrence of a 
change of control. 

As of December 31, 2022, we had $2.3 billion of aggregate outstanding term loans and $500.0 million available for borrowing 
under the Revolving Credit Facility. A summary of the term loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement as of December 
31, 2022 is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

   Final 

   Balance 

   Original 
   Principal    Per Annum(1)    Principal 

  Amortization   Outstanding    Maturity     Due Upon    Benchmark   Applicable     Interest   

   Date 

   Maturity    

Rate 

   Margin(2)       Rate 

700,000   Varies(4) 

  $ 

638,313  10/30/2025   $ 

476,607   LIBOR 

     1.75% 

       6.13%   

   Draw 
Instrument    Date(s) 
Term Loan 
A-2 ............    5/8/2019(3)    $ 
   10/1/2019(3)      

Term Loan 
B-2 ............     1/7/2019 
Term Loan 
B-3 ............    6/14/2019(5)     
  10/30/2020(5)     

250,000   

1.0% 

240,625   10/30/2027     

228,750    LIBOR 

     2.00% 

       6.38%   

625,000  

1.0% 

606,966  10/30/2027     

577,472   LIBOR 

     2.00% 

       6.38%   

Term Loan 
B-4 ............    5/3/2021 
Total ...........      

800,000  
  $  2,375,000     

1.0% 

788,000   5/3/2028      

746,000   LIBOR 

     2.00% 

       6.38%   

  $  2,273,904     

  $  2,028,829     

(1)  Payable  in  equal  quarterly  installments  (expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  original  principal  amount  and  subject  to  customary 
adjustments in the event of any prepayment). All loans may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium (subject to customary 
LIBOR breakage provisions). 

(2)  The Term Loan A-2 interest rate spread can vary between 1.25% and 1.75%, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing 

grid based on our Total Net Leverage Ratio. All other applicable margins are fixed. 

(3)  On May 8, 2019, $250.0 million was drawn. On October 1, 2019, an additional $450.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, the 

amortization schedule was reset. 

(4)  Per annum amortization rates for years one through five following the October 30, 2020 refinancing date are 2.5%, 2.5%, 5.0%, 7.5% 

and 12.5%, respectively. 

(5)  On June 14, 2019, $325.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, an additional $300.0 million was drawn. 

Senior Notes 

In November 2020, we completed a private offering of $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.00% senior notes due 
2030 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.00% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on 
May 15th and November 15th of each year, beginning on May 15, 2021. The terms of the Senior Notes are governed by an 
indenture dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), among us, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank 
of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (“BNY”), as trustee. The Senior Notes are required to be guaranteed on a senior 
unsecured basis by each of our existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantees our obligations under 
the Credit Agreement or that guarantees certain capital markets debt of ours or a guarantor in an aggregate principal amount 
in excess of $250.0 million. 

At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2025, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes for cash at a 
redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus the “make-whole” premium described in the Senior Notes 
Indenture and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. Beginning on November 
15, 2025, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time and from time to time at the applicable redemption 
prices  listed  in  the  Senior  Notes  Indenture,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to,  but  excluding,  the  applicable 
redemption date. In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2023, we may redeem up to 40% of 
the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds from 
one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid 
interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event (each as defined in the Senior 
Notes Indenture), we are required to offer to repurchase the Senior Notes at 101% of the principal amount of such Senior 
Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. 

56 

   
 
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
   
  
    
   
  
    
   
  
    
       
   
    
    
    
        
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
Convertible Notes 

In March 2021, we completed a private offering of $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.000% convertible senior 
notes  due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”)  and  $345.0 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of 1.125%  convertible  senior  notes 
due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”  and,  together  with  the 2026 Notes,  the  “Convertible  Notes,”  and  the  Convertible  Notes 
collectively with the Senior Notes, the "Notes"). The net proceeds from the offering were $895.2 million after deducting 
initial purchaser discounts and other offering costs and expenses. We used the net proceeds from the offering for general 
corporate purposes, including to finance a portion of the purchase price for the Hargray Acquisition. The Convertible Notes 
are senior unsecured obligations of ours and are guaranteed by our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the 
Senior Credit Facilities or that guarantee certain of our Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $250.0 million. 
The 2026 Notes do not bear regular interest, and the principal amount of the 2026 Notes do not accrete. The 2028 Notes bear 
interest at a rate of 1.125% per annum. Interest on the 2028 Notes is payable semiannually in arrears on March 15th and 
September 15th of each year, beginning on September 15, 2021, unless earlier repurchased, converted or redeemed. The 2026 
Notes are scheduled to mature on March 15, 2026, and the 2028 Notes are scheduled to mature on March 15, 2028. The initial 
conversion rate for each of the 2026 Notes and the 2028 Notes is 0.4394 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal 
amount of 2026 Notes and 2028 Notes, as applicable (equivalent to an initial conversion price of $2,275.83 per share of 
common stock). The initial conversion price of each of the 2026 Notes and the 2028 Notes represents a premium of 25.0% 
over the last reported sale price of $1,820.83 per share of our common stock on March 2, 2021. The Convertible Notes are 
convertible at the option of the holders. The method of conversion into cash, shares of our common stock or a combination 
thereof is at our election. 

Other Debt-Related Information 

In connection with financing transactions completed during 2021, we capitalized $13.7 million of debt issuance costs and 
wrote-off  $2.1  million  of  existing  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs.  We  recorded  debt  issuance  cost  amortization  of 
$5.3 million  and  $5.6 million  for  2022  and  2021,  respectively,  within  interest  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and comprehensive income. 

Unamortized debt issuance costs consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2022 

2021 

Revolving Credit Facility portion: 

Other noncurrent assets ................................................................................................   $ 

1,904    $

2,576   

Term loans and Notes portion: 

Long-term debt (contra account) .................................................................................     
Total .........................................................................................................................   $ 

23,913      
25,817    $

28,572   
31,148   

Unamortized debt discount associated with the Convertible Notes was $16.3 million and $20.6 million as of December 31, 
2022 and 2021, respectively. We recorded debt discount amortization of $4.3 million and $3.5 million during 2022 and 2021, 
respectively, within interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. 

On May  3,  2022, we  entered  into  a  letter  of  credit  agreement  with  MUFG  Bank,  Ltd.  which  provides  for  an 
additional $75.0 million letter of credit issuing capacity. As of December 31, 2022, $32.4 million of letter of credit issuances 
were  held  for  the  benefit  of  performance  obligations  under  government  grant  programs  and  certain  general  and  liability 
insurance matters and bore interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum. Of these letters of credit, $22.0 million were issued on 
behalf of Wisper to guarantee its performance obligations under an FCC broadband funding program. The fair value of the 
Wisper letters of credit approximates face value based on the short-term nature of the agreements. We would be liable for up 
to the total amount outstanding under the Wisper letters of credit if Wisper were to fail to satisfy all or some of its performance 
obligations under the FCC program. Wisper has guaranteed and indemnified us in connection with such letters of credit. As 
of December 31, 2022, we assessed the likelihood of Wisper's non-performance associated with the guarantee to be remote, 
and therefore, no liability has been accrued within the consolidated balance sheet.  

In March 2021, we terminated $900.0 million of definitive bridge loan commitments that were originally received to finance 
a portion of the Hargray Acquisition purchase price. 

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2022. 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
We are party to two interest rate swap agreements to convert our interest payment obligations with respect to an aggregate of 
$1.2 billion of our variable rate LIBOR indebtedness to a fixed rate. Under the first swap agreement, with respect to a notional 
amount of $850.0 million, our monthly payment obligation is determined at a fixed base rate of 2.653%. Under the second 
swap agreement, with respect to a notional amount of $350.0 million, our monthly payment obligation is determined at a 
fixed base rate of 2.739%. Both interest rate swap agreements are scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2029 but each 
may be terminated prior to the scheduled maturity at our election or that of the financial institution counterparty under the 
terms provided  in  each  swap agreement. We  recognized  losses  of $11.9 million  and $31.3  million  on  interest rate swaps 
for 2022 and 2021, respectively, which were reflected within interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations 
and comprehensive income. In connection with entering into the New Credit Agreement, the Company reached agreement 
with the financial institution counterparties to amend both interest rate swap agreements, effective March 1, 2023, so that the 
variable rate interest payments paid to the Company under the swaps will be based on SOFR rather than LIBOR and the fixed 
rates paid by the Company will be reset accordingly. 

Refer  to  notes  10, 12 and  19  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  details  regarding  our  financing  activity, 
outstanding debt and interest rate swaps. 

Capital Expenditures  

We  have  significant  ongoing  capital  expenditure  requirements  as  well  as  capital  enhancements  associated  with  acquired 
operations, including rebuilding low-capacity markets; reclaiming bandwidth from analog video services; implementing 32-
channel  bonding;  deploying  DOCSIS  4.0;  consolidating  back-office  functions  such  as  billing,  accounting  and  service 
provisioning; migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms; and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. Capital 
expenditures are funded primarily by cash on hand and cash flows from operating activities. 

Our capital expenditures by category for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (in thousands): 

Customer premise equipment(1) .......................................................................................   $ 
Commercial(2) ..................................................................................................................     
Scalable infrastructure(3) ..................................................................................................     
Line extensions(4) .............................................................................................................     
Upgrade/rebuild(5) ............................................................................................................     
Support capital(6)..............................................................................................................     
Total .............................................................................................................................   $ 

101,252    $
34,282      
52,086      
52,839      
87,284      
86,352      
414,095    $

70,763   
64,603   
56,179   
50,616   
75,876   
73,897   
391,934   

   Year Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

(1)  Customer  premise  equipment  includes  costs  incurred  at  customer  locations,  including  installation  costs  and  customer  premise 

equipment (e.g., modems and set-top boxes). 

(2)  Commercial includes costs related to securing business services customers and PSUs, including small and medium-sized businesses 

and enterprise customers. 

(3)  Scalable infrastructure includes costs not related to customer premise equipment to secure growth of new customers and PSUs or 

provide service enhancements (e.g., headend equipment). 

(4)  Line  extensions  include  network  costs  associated  with  entering  new  service  areas  (e.g.,  fiber/coaxial  cable,  amplifiers,  electronic 

equipment, make-ready and design engineering). 

(5)  Upgrade/rebuild includes costs to modify or replace existing fiber/coaxial cable networks, including betterments. 
(6)  Support  capital  includes  costs  associated  with  the  replacement  or  enhancement  of  non-network  assets  due  to  technological  and 
physical obsolescence (e.g., non-network equipment, land, buildings and vehicles) and capitalized internal labor costs not associated 
with customer installation activities. 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Contractual Obligations and Contingent Commitments 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022 (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2023 .....................................................................   $ 
2024 .....................................................................     
2025 .....................................................................     
2026 .....................................................................     
2027 .....................................................................     
Thereafter ............................................................     
Total .............................................................   $ 

   Programming        
Purchase 

   Debt 
  Commitments(1)     Payments(2)   Payments(3)   Obligations(4)     Total 

   Purchase 

     Lease 

Other 

147,286    $ 
95,362      
45,231      
46      
-      
-      
287,925    $ 

55,008  $ 
5,444   $ 
76,285    
3,837     
557,147    
2,893     
591,709    
2,232     
1,662     
820,754    
7,701      1,743,001    
23,769   $  3,843,904  $ 

76,982    $  284,720  
188,660  
13,176      
612,075  
6,804      
599,722  
5,735      
823,165  
749      
5,656       1,756,358  
109,102    $ 4,264,700  

(1)  Programming purchase commitments represent contracts that we have with cable television networks and broadcast stations to provide 
programming services to our subscribers. The amounts reported represent estimates of the future programming costs for these purchase 
commitments based on estimated subscriber numbers, tier placements as of December 31, 2022 and the per-subscriber rates contained 
in the contracts. Actual amounts due under such contracts may differ from the amounts above based on the actual subscriber numbers 
and tier placements at the time. Programming purchases pursuant to non-binding commitments are not reflected in the amounts shown.
(2)  Lease payments include payment obligations related to our outstanding finance and operating lease arrangements as of December 31, 

2022. 

(3)  Debt payments include principal repayment obligations for our outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2022. 
(4)  Other  purchase  obligations  include  purchase  obligations  related  to  capital  projects  and  other  legally  binding  commitments.  Other
purchase  orders  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  are  excluded  from  the  amounts  shown  but  are  included  within  accounts
payable and accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. 

We incur the following costs as part of our operations, however, they are not included within the contractual obligations table 
above for the reasons discussed below: 

   ●  We  rent  space  on  utility  poles  in  order  to  provide  our  services  to  certain  subscribers.  Generally,  pole  rentals  are 
cancellable on short notice. However, we anticipate that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole attachments 
was $12.3 million and $11.5 million for 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

   ●  Fees imposed on us by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through monthly to our 
customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $31.2 million and $31.4 million for 2022 and 
2021, respectively. As we act as principal in these arrangements, these fees are reported in video and voice revenues 
on a gross basis with corresponding expenses included within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of 
operations and comprehensive income. 

   ●  We  have  franchise  agreements  requiring  plant  construction  and  the  provision  of  services  to  customers  within  the 
franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, we obtain surety bonds or 
letters of credit guaranteeing performance to municipalities and public utilities and payment of insurance premiums. 
Such surety bonds and letters of credit totaled $52.1 million and $42.1 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, 
respectively. Payments under these arrangements are required only in the remote event of nonperformance. We do not 
expect that these contingent commitments will result in any amounts being paid. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or financing arrangements with special-purpose entities. 

59 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates, 
assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, 
we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it is important to our results of operations and financial condition and if it 
requires  management’s  most  difficult,  subjective  and  complex  judgments  in  its  application.  For  a  summary  of  all  our 
significant accounting policies, see note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Long-lived Assets 

A long-lived asset or asset group is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. Indicators of impairment may include: 

   ● 

   ● 

a significant decrease in the market value of the asset; 

a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant change in the physical condition 
of the asset; 

   ● 

a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of an asset, including 
an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; 

   ● 

   ● 

an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected to acquire or construct an asset; 

a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection 
or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with an asset; and 

   ● 

a current expectation that, more likely than not, an asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the 
end of its estimated useful life. 

When an indicator of impairment is determined, the first step is to identify the future intent of the asset or asset group: hold 
for continued use, hold for sale or dispose by a means other than sale. If the asset is held for continued use and the carrying 
amount exceeds the undiscounted sum of cash flows expected from the use and eventual disposition of the property, the 
impairment loss is recognized as the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset or asset 
group, and the new cost basis is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. If the intent is to hold the asset for 
sale  and  certain  other  criteria  are  met  (e.g.,  the  asset  can  be  disposed  of  currently,  appropriate  levels  of  authority  have 
approved the sale and there is an active program to locate a buyer), the impairment test involves comparing the asset’s carrying 
value to its estimated fair value less disposal costs. To the extent the carrying value is greater than the asset’s estimated fair 
value less disposal costs, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference. If the asset is to be disposed by a means other 
than sale, the depreciation estimates are revised to reflect the use of the asset over its shortened useful life. 

Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether an event has occurred, determining the future cash flows for 
the assets involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. 

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We  have  a  significant  amount  of  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  that  are  reviewed  at  least  annually  for 
impairment. These balances were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets ..............................................................   $
Total assets ......................................................................................................................   $
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as a percentage of total assets ...............     

As of December 31, 

2022 
3,030,293     $
6,913,890     $
43.8%    

2021 
3,114,725  
6,953,994  
44.8%

Goodwill  Reporting  Unit.  Goodwill  is  calculated  as  the  excess  of  the  consideration  transferred  over  the  fair  value  of 
identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from 
anticipated  synergies  and  intangible  assets  acquired  that  do  not  qualify  for  separate  recognition,  including  an  assembled 
workforce, noncontractual relationships and other agreements. We assess the recoverability of our goodwill as of October 1st 
of each year, or more frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of a reporting unit may exceed its fair value. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, for which we have 
identified a single goodwill reporting unit based on the chief operating decision maker’s performance monitoring and resource 
allocation process and the similarity of our geographic divisions. 

Indefinite-Lived  Intangible  Assets  Units  of  Accounting.  Our  intangible  assets  with  an  indefinite  life  are  from  franchise 
agreements that we have with state and local governments and trademark and trade name. Franchise agreements allow us to 
contract and operate our business within specified geographic areas. We expect our franchise agreements to provide us with 
substantial benefit for a period that extends beyond the foreseeable horizon, and we have historically obtained renewals and 
extensions  of  such  agreements  without  material  modifications  to  the  agreements  for  nominal  costs,  and  these  costs  are 
expensed as incurred. We currently expect to utilize our indefinite-lived trademark and trade name for a period that extends 
beyond the foreseeable horizon and expect the cost to maintain such asset to be nominal. 

We assess our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment as of October 1st of each year, or more frequently whenever 
events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. We have identified a single unit of 
accounting for our franchise agreements for use in impairment assessments based on our current operations and the use of 
our assets. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Our  industry  is  capital  intensive,  and  a  significant  portion  of  our  resources  is  spent  on  capital  activities  associated  with 
extending, rebuilding and upgrading our network. The following tables present certain information regarding our net property, 
plant and equipment and our cash paid for property, plant and equipment for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Property, plant and equipment, net ..................................................................................   $
Total assets ......................................................................................................................   $
Property, plant and equipment, net as a percentage of total assets ..................................     

As of December 31, 

2022 
1,701,755     $
6,913,890     $
24.6%    

2021 
1,854,104  
6,953,994  
26.7%

Year Ended December 31, 
2022 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................................   $ 

   Cash Paid for   
Property, 
Plant and 
   Equipment 

410,737   
384,527   
302,517   

Property,  plant  and  equipment  represents  the  costs  incurred  in  the  design,  construction  and  implementation  of  plant, 
infrastructure and capacity improvements and upgrades. Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and 
the acquiring and deploying of customer premise equipment, including materials, internal and external labor costs and related 
indirect and overhead costs, are also capitalized. 

61 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of engineers and technical personnel involved in the design and implementation 
of plant and infrastructure; the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise 
equipment;  and  the  costs  of  support  personnel  directly  involved  in  capitalizable  activities,  such  as  project  managers  and 
supervisors. These costs are capitalized based on internally developed standards by position, which are updated annually (or 
more  frequently  if  required).  These  standards  are  developed  utilizing  a  combination  of  actual  costs  incurred  where 
applicable, operational data and management judgment. Overhead costs are capitalized based on standards developed from 
historical information. Indirect and overhead costs include payroll taxes; insurance and other benefits; and vehicle, tool and 
supply expense related to installation activities. Costs for repairs and maintenance, disconnecting service or reconnecting 
service are expensed as incurred. 

The estimated useful lives assigned to our property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis or more frequently 
if circumstances warrant and such lives are revised to the extent necessary due to changing facts and circumstances. Any 
changes in estimated useful lives are reflected prospectively. 

Business Combination Purchase Price Allocation 

The application of the acquisition method requires the allocation of the purchase price amongst the acquisition date fair values 
of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Fair values are determined using the income 
approach,  market  approach  and/or  cost  approach  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  asset  or  liability  being  valued  and  the 
reliability of available information. The income approach estimates fair value by discounting associated lifetime expected 
future cash flows to their present value and relies on significant assumptions regarding future revenues, expenses, working 
capital levels and discount rates. The market approach estimates fair value by analyzing recent actual market transactions for 
similar assets or liabilities. The cost approach estimates fair value based on the expected cost to replace or reproduce the asset 
or  liability  and  relies  on  assumptions  regarding  the  occurrence  and  extent  of  any  physical,  functional  and/or  economic 
obsolescence. 

Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recent  accounting  pronouncements  which  may  be  applicable  to  us  are  described  in  note  2  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market risk is the potential loss arising from changes in market rates and prices. As of December 31, 2022, our market risk 
sensitive instruments consisted of our Senior Credit Facilities and interest rate swaps, as each is described within the section 
entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition: 
Liquidity and Capital Resources — Financing Activity” and notes 10, 12 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements. 
None of these instruments were entered into for trading purposes and all instruments relate to the interest rate risk exposure 
category. 

Outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities, which bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum determined 
by  reference  to  either  LIBOR  or  a  base  rate,  in  each  case  plus  an  applicable  interest  rate  margin,  were  approximately 
$2.3 billion at December 31, 2022. We are also party to two interest rate swap agreements to effectively convert the variable 
rate  interest  to  fixed  base  rates  of  2.653%  and  2.739%  for  $850.0  million  and  $350.0  million  of  such  outstanding  debt, 
respectively. Based on the principal outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities with exposure to LIBOR at December 31, 
2022, assuming, hypothetically, that the LIBOR applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities was 100 basis points higher, our 
annual interest expense would have increased $10.7 million. 

Additionally, as of December 31, 2022, we had $650.0 million, $575.0 million and $345.0 million aggregate principal amount 
of the Senior Notes, 2026 Notes and 2028 Notes, respectively, outstanding. Although the Senior Notes and 2028 Notes are 
based on fixed rates and the 2026 Notes do not bear interest, changes in interest rates could impact the fair market value of 
such  notes.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  fair  market  values  of  the  Senior  Notes,  2026  Notes and  2028  Notes 
were $512.7 million, $453.2 million and $257.0 million, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2021, outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities were approximately $2.3 billion and the 
notional amount of our effective interest rate swap agreement was $1.2 billion. Based on the principal then-outstanding under 
our  Senior  Credit  Facilities  with  exposure  to  LIBOR  at  December  31,  2021,  assuming,  hypothetically,  that  the  LIBOR 
applicable  to  the  Senior  Credit  Facilities  was  100  basis  points  higher,  our  annual  interest  expense  would  have  been 
$11.1 million higher in 2021. 

62 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
ITEM 8.  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements, the related notes thereto and the report of the independent registered public accounting 
firm are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1 and are incorporated by reference herein. 

ITEM 9.  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2022, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded 
that,  as  of  the  end  of  such  period,  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  in  ensuring  that 
information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and were effective in 
ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act 
is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting 
(as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of  the  Company;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the 
Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 
Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2022. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on 
the results of this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2022, the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective based on these criteria. 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 has been audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report beginning on page 
F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

63 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2022 that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

ITEM 9C.   DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 

Not applicable. 

64 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  names  of  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company  and  their  ages,  titles  and  biographies  as  of  February  23,  2023 are 
incorporated by reference from the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Business — Information About Our 
Executive Officers.” 

The  other  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A within 120 days after our year ended December 31, 2022 in connection with our 2023 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders (the “2023 Proxy Statement”), or in an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated 
herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information required by this  item  will be  included  in  the 2023  Proxy Statement, or  in an  amendment  to  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2023 Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2023 Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2023 Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15.  

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report: 

PART IV 

(1)  Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements listed on the index set forth on page F-1 of this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the information is either 

not applicable or required or is included in the financial statements or notes thereof. 

(b)  Exhibits. 

Exhibit 
Number  Description 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

2.5 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

Separation  and  Distribution  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  16,  2015,  by  and  between  Graham  Holdings 
Company and Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 
8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 17, 2017, by and among Cable One, Inc., RBI Holding 
LLC, Frequency Merger Sub, LLC, RBI Blocker Corp., RBI Blocker Holdings LLC, and GTCR-RBI, LLC, 
solely in its capacity as the equityholder representative (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on January 20, 2017). 

Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  31,  2019,  by  and  among  Cable  One,  Inc.  and  Fidelity 
Communications Co. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 10, 2019). 

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2020, by and among Cable One, Inc., Mega Broadband 
Investments Holdings LLC, Mega Broadband Splitter, LP, Mega Broadband Blocker, Inc., and GTCR Fund 
XII/C LP (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable 
One, Inc. filed on November 6, 2020). 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  as  of  February  12,  2021,  by  and  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  Hargray 
Acquisition  Holdings,  LLC,  Lighthouse  Merger  Sub  LLC,  and  TPO-Hargray,  LLC,  in  its  capacity  as  the 
equityholders’ representative (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 
8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 16, 2021). 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 25, 2022). 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 21, 2022). 

Description of securities of Cable One, Inc. registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.* 

Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2020, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time 
party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (including Form of 4.00% 
Senior Notes due 2030) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 9, 2020). 

Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party 
thereto  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  0.000% 
Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 8, 2021). 

66 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

4.8 

4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 

4.13 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party 
thereto  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  1.125% 
Convertible Senior Notes due 2028 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 8, 2021). 

Form of 0.000% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.3). 

Form of 1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2028 (included in Exhibit 4.4). 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2021, to that certain Indenture, dated as of November 9, 
2020, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New 
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2030 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 
9, 2021). 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2021, to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021, 
by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York 
Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  0.000%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2026 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on August 9, 2021). 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2021, to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021, 
by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York 
Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  1.125%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due 
2028 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on August 9, 2021). 

Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  February  14,  2022,  to  that  certain  Indenture,  dated  as  of 
November 9, 2020, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and The 
Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  4.00%  Senior  Notes  due 
2030 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on February 25, 2022). 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2022, to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 
5, 2021, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New 
York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  0.000%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due 
2026 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on February 25, 2022). 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2022, to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 
5, 2021, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New 
York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee,  relating  to  the  1.125%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due 
2028 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on February 25, 2022). 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2022, to that certain Indenture, dated as of November 9, 
2020, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Bank of New 
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2030 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 6, 
2022). 

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company and Cable 
One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

Cable One, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

Cable One, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

67 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement for  grants  during  2015  and  2016  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 10, 2015).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2017 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based restricted stock grants during 2017 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 
2017).+ 

Second  Restatement  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  8,  2019,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  its  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 9, 
2019). 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 15, 2019, to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement 
among Cable One, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed 
on February 28, 2020). 

Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  for  grants  during  2017  through  2019 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed 
on May 4, 2017).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2018 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants during 
2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  time-based  cliff-vest  restricted  stock  grants  during  2018 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash 
fees during 2018 and 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 
10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Steven S. Cochran Offer Letter dated July 2, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 8, 2018).+ 

Peter N. Witty Offer Letter dated February 12, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 10, 2019).+ 

68 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement for  grants  during  2019 (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.22 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during 
2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants during 
2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement  for  grants  during  2020  and  2021  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.22  to  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Cable  One,  Inc.  filed  on  February  28, 
2020).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for performance-based restricted stock grants during 2020 and 
2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on February 28, 2020).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants during 
2020 and 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of 
Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2020).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based cliff-vest restricted stock grants during 2020 and 
2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on February 28, 2020).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for annual equity grants during 
2020 and 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of 
Cable One, Inc. filed on August 7, 2020).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash 
fees during 2020 and 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 7, 2020).+ 

Third Restatement Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2020, among Cable One, Inc., certain of its wholly 
owned subsidiaries party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party 
thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on October 30, 2020). 

Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2020, by 
and among Mega Broadband Investments Holdings LLC, Cable One, Inc., and the other unitholders party 
thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on February 26, 2021).† 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 1, 2021, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated 
as  of  October  30,  2020,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  certain  of  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  party  thereto, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2021). 

69 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 3, 2021, to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as 
of October 30, 2020, among Cable One, Inc., certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries party thereto, JPMorgan 
Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 3, 2021). 

James A. Obermeyer Offer Letter dated January 22, 2020. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 
to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 7, 2021).+ 

Cable One, Inc. 2022 Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on January 3, 2022).+ 

10.34  Megan M. Detz Offer Letter dated February 12, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to 

the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 25, 2022).+ 

10.35  Megan M. Detz Offer Letter dated March 5, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the 

Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 25, 2022).+ 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

10.39 

10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

Todd M. Koetje Offer Letter dated May 27, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 25, 2022).+ 

Cable One, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 25, 2022).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for annual equity grants beginning 
in 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on May 25, 2022).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash 
fees beginning in 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-
K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 25, 2022).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants beginning 
in 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on May 25, 2022).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based cliff-vest restricted stock grants beginning in 2022 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on May 25, 2022).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement for grants beginning in 2022 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 25, 2022).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for performance-based restricted stock grants beginning in 2022 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on May 25, 2022).+ 

10.44 

Steven S. Cochran Transition Agreement dated July 1, 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 4, 2022).+ 

70 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.45 

10.46 

10.47 

Form of Executive Service-Based Three-Year Proportional Vest Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 
grants beginning in 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-
K of Cable One, Inc. filed on January 3, 2023).+ 

Form of Executive Service-Based Three-Year Cliff Vest Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants 
beginning in 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Cable One, Inc. filed on January 3, 2023).+ 

Form  of  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  grants  beginning  in  2023 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed 
on January 3, 2023).+ 

21.1 

List of subsidiaries of Cable One, Inc.* 

23.1 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.* 

24.1 

Power of Attorney (included on Signatures page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).* 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

Principal Executive Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Principal Financial Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Certification  of  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 

101.INS 

Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because
its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document). 

101.SCH 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.* 

101.CAL 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.* 

101.DEF 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.* 

101.LAB 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.* 

101.PRE 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.* 

104 

The cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, formatted in
Inline XBRL (included within the Exhibit 101 attachments). 

*  Filed herewith. 
**  Furnished herewith. 
+  Management contract or compensatory arrangement. 
†  Certain information of the exhibit (indicated by “[***]”) has been excluded as the Company has determined the omitted 
information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed. 

ITEM 16.  

FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

71 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: February 23, 2023 

CABLE ONE, INC. 
(Registrant) 

By: 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 
  Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Julia 
M. Laulis and Todd M. Koetje, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any 
and  all  amendments  to  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  and  to  file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto,  and  all  other 
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact 
and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that 
said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to 
be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 

/s/ Todd M. Koetje 
Todd M. Koetje 

/s/ Brad D. Brian 
Brad D. Brian 

/s/ Thomas S. Gayner 
Thomas S. Gayner 

/s/ Deborah J. Kissire 
Deborah J. Kissire 

/s/ Mary E. Meduski 
Mary E. Meduski 

/s/ Thomas O. Might 
Thomas O. Might 

/s/ Kristine E. Miller 
Kristine E. Miller 

/s/ Sherrese M. Smith 
Sherrese M. Smith 

/s/ Wallace R. Weitz 
Wallace R. Weitz 

/s/ Katharine B. Weymouth   
Katharine B. Weymouth 

Title 

Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
 (Principal Executive Officer) 

Date 

February 23, 2023 

Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)    

February 23, 2023 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

S-1 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

February 23, 2023 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238) ....................................................... 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 .......................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 

2021 and 2020 .................................................................................................................................................... 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 ........ 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 ....................... 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................................................................................... 

Page 
F-2 
F-5 

F-6 
F-7 
F-8 
F-9 

F-1 

  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cable One, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cable One, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as 
of  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income,  of 
stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, including the 
related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2022,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 
(2013) issued by the COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility 
is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over 
financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance 
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained 
in all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond 
to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, 
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

F-2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, 
or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate 
opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Capitalization of Internal Labor Costs 

As described in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of 
engineers  and  technical  personnel  involved  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  plant  and  infrastructure;  the  costs  of 
technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise equipment; and the costs of support 
personnel directly involved in capitalizable activities. These costs are capitalized based on internally developed standards by 
position, which are updated annually (or more frequently if required). These standards are developed utilizing a combination 
of  actual  costs  incurred,  operational  data  and  management  judgment.  Capitalized  labor  costs  represent  a  portion  of  the 
consolidated balance of property, plant and equipment, net of $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2022. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to capitalization of internal labor costs 
is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in determining the internal labor costs to be capitalized 
and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence 
relating to the determination of internal labor costs to be capitalized related to operational data. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to 
capitalization of internal labor costs. These procedures also included, among others, (i) evaluating the appropriateness of 
management’s process for determining the standard labor costs by position, (ii) testing the data inputs related to payroll and 
benefits, and (iii) evaluating the reasonableness of the factors considered by management related to the analysis of operational 
data. Evaluating the reasonableness of the factors involved evaluating whether the factors were consistent with the expected 
time spent on capitalizable activities. 

Fair Value of Options Associated with the Mega Broadband Investment 

As described in Notes 5, 6, and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired a 45.0% minority equity 
interest in Mega Broadband Investments Holdings LLC (“MBI”) in 2020. The Company holds a call option to purchase all 
but not less than all of the remaining equity interests in MBI that the Company does not already own between January 1, 
2023 and June 30, 2024. If the call option is not exercised, certain investors in MBI hold a put option to sell (and to cause all 
members of MBI other than the Company to sell) to the Company all but not less than all of the remaining equity interests in 
MBI  that  the  Company  does  not  already  own  between  July  1,  2025  and  September  30,  2025.  The  call  and  put  options 
(collectively referred to as the “net option”) are measured at fair value using Monte Carlo simulations that rely on assumptions 
around MBI’s equity value, MBI’s and the Company’s equity volatility, MBI’s and the Company’s EBITDA volatility, risk 
adjusted  discount  rates  and  the  Company’s  cost  of  debt,  among  others.  The  fair  values  of  the  call  and  put  options  as  of 
December  31,  2022  were  liabilities  of  $6.5  million  and  $157.9  million,  respectively,  and  were  included  within  other 
noncurrent liabilities. The net option is remeasured at fair value on a quarterly basis resulting in a $40.7 million decrease in 
fair value of the net option during the year ended December 31, 2022 which is reported within other income (expense), net. 

F-3 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the fair value of options associated 
with MBI is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in developing the fair values of these 
options using  the Monte  Carlo  simulations, (ii)  a high  degree  of  auditor judgment,  subjectivity,  and  effort  in  performing 
procedures  and  evaluating  management’s  significant  assumption  related  to  MBI’s  equity  value,  and  (iii)  the  audit  effort 
involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to 
the fair value of the options, including controls over MBI’s equity value assumption. These procedures also included, among 
others, developing an independent range of values for each option and performing a comparison of management’s estimate 
to the independently developed range to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimate. Developing the independent 
range of values  involved (i) developing  an independent Monte  Carlo  simulation  model,  (ii)  testing  the  completeness  and 
accuracy of the contractual information used by management to calculate the agreed-upon price to acquire the remaining 
equity  interests  in  MBI,  and  (iii)  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  MBI’s  equity  value  assumption  used  by  management. 
Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in developing the independent Monte Carlo simulation 
model and developing the independent range of values. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Phoenix, Arizona 
February 23, 2023 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014. 

F-4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(dollars in thousands, except par values) 
Assets 
Current Assets: 

   December 31,        December 31,    

2022 

2021 

Cash and cash equivalents .......................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable, net ..........................................................................................      
Income taxes receivable ...........................................................................................      
Prepaid and other current assets ...............................................................................      
Total Current Assets .............................................................................................      
Equity investments ......................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment, net ..............................................................................      
Intangible assets, net ...................................................................................................      
Goodwill ......................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets ...............................................................................................      
Total Assets ..........................................................................................................    $ 

215,150       $ 
72,715         
1,668         
57,172         
346,705         
1,195,221         
1,701,755         
2,666,585         
928,947         
74,677         
6,913,890       $ 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current Liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue .....................................................................................................      
Current portion of long-term debt ............................................................................      
Total Current Liabilities .......................................................................................      
Long-term debt ............................................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes .................................................................................................      
Interest rate swap liability ...........................................................................................      
Other noncurrent liabilities ..........................................................................................      
Total Liabilities ....................................................................................................      

164,518       $ 
23,706         
55,931         
244,155         
3,752,591         
966,821         
-         
192,350         
5,155,917         

388,802   
56,253   
24,193   
31,705   
500,953   
727,565   
1,854,104   
2,861,137   
967,913   
42,322   
6,953,994   

203,387   
26,851   
38,837   
269,075   
3,799,500   
854,156   
81,627   
156,541   
5,160,899   

Commitments and contingencies (refer to note 18) 

Stockholders' Equity 

Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or 

outstanding) ..........................................................................................................      

-         

-   

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 6,175,399 shares 
issued; and 5,766,011 and 6,046,362 shares outstanding as of December 31, 
2022 and 2021, respectively) ...............................................................................      
Additional paid-in capital ........................................................................................      
Retained earnings .....................................................................................................      
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ...................................................      
Treasury stock, at cost (409,388 and 129,037 shares held as of December 31, 

62         
578,154         
1,624,406         
50,031         

2022 and 2021, respectively) ...............................................................................      
Total Stockholders' Equity ...................................................................................      
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity ...........................................................    $ 

(494,680 )      
1,757,973         
6,913,890       $ 

62   
555,640   
1,456,543   
(82,795 ) 

(136,355 ) 
1,793,095   
6,953,994   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
  
  
     
  
        
           
  
        
           
  
  
        
           
  
        
           
  
        
           
  
  
        
           
  
        
           
  
  
        
           
  
        
           
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
Revenues ...................................................................................................................  $  1,706,043   $ 1,605,836   $ 1,325,229  
Costs and Expenses: 

2020 

2022 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) ............................................    
Selling, general and administrative ........................................................................    
Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................................    
(Gain) loss on asset sales and disposals, net ..........................................................    
(Gain) loss on sales of businesses, net ...................................................................    

455,352     
347,058     
339,025     
7,829     
-     
Total Costs and Expenses ...................................................................................     1,167,054      1,149,264     
456,572     
(113,449)    
(6,002)    
337,121     
45,765     
291,356     
468     
291,824   $

Income from operations .............................................................................................    
Interest expense .........................................................................................................    
Other income (expense), net ......................................................................................    
Income before income taxes and equity method investment income (loss), net ........    
Income tax provision .................................................................................................    
Income before equity method investment income (loss), net ....................................    
Equity method investment income (loss), net ...........................................................    
Net income ................................................................................................................  $ 

538,989     
(137,713)   
(25,913)   
375,363     
126,332     
249,031     
(14,913)   
234,118   $

470,916     
350,310     
350,462     
9,199     
(13,833)   

418,704  
255,163  
265,658  
(1,072) 
(82,574) 
855,879  
469,350  
(73,607) 
(16,411) 
379,332  
76,317  
303,015  
1,376  
304,391  

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ......................................................................................................................  $ 
Diluted ...................................................................................................................  $ 

39.73   $
38.06   $

48.49   $
46.49   $

51.73  
51.27  

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding: 

Basic ......................................................................................................................     5,892,077      6,017,778      5,884,780  
Diluted ...................................................................................................................     6,314,148      6,387,354      5,937,582  

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges and other, net of tax..............................  $ 
Comprehensive income .............................................................................................  $ 

132,826   $
366,944   $

57,888   $
349,712   $

(72,525) 
231,866  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(dollars in thousands, except 

per share data) 

   Common Stock 
   Shares 

Balance at December 31, 2019 ..      5,715,377     $ 
Net income ...................................      
-       
Unrealized loss on cash flow 

hedges and other, net of tax .....      
-       
Equity-based compensation .........      
-       
Issuance of common stock .....       287,500      
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures.................................      

28,688       

Withholding tax for equity 

awards ......................................      

(3,861 )     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

($9.50 per common share) .......      

-       
Balance at December 31, 2020 ..      6,027,704       
Net income ...................................      
-       
Unrealized gain on cash flow 

hedges and other, net of tax .....      
Equity-based compensation .........      
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

-       
-       

forfeitures.................................      

22,569       

Withholding tax for equity 

awards ......................................      

(3,911 )     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

($10.50 per common share) .....      

-       
Balance at December 31, 2021 ..      6,046,362       
Net income ...................................      
-       
Unrealized gain on cash flow 

hedges and other, net of tax .....      
Equity-based compensation .........      
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

-       
-       

forfeitures.................................      

16,753       
Repurchases of common stock .....       (294,062 )     
Withholding tax for equity 

     Accumulated        
Other 

    Additional       
     Paid-In 
    Amount      Capital 
59     $ 
-       

     Retained      Comprehensive      Stock, 
     at cost 
     Earnings       Gain (Loss) 
(68,158 )   $ (121,885 )   $ 
-       

51,198     $  980,355     $ 
-        304,391       

-       

    Treasury     

Total 
    Stockholders’   
Equity 

-       
-       
-       
14,592       
3       469,796      

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       
-       

-       

-       

-       

(56,574 )     
-     
62        535,586        1,228,172       
-        291,824       

-       

841,569   
304,391   

(72,525 ) 
14,592   
469,799  

(72,525 )     
-       

-       
-       

-       

-       

-   

-       

(5,953 )     

(5,953 ) 

-       

-       
(140,683 )      (127,838 )     
-       

-       

(56,574 ) 
1,495,299   
291,824   

-       
-       

-       

-       

-       
20,054       

-       

-       

-       
-       

-       

-       

57,888       
-       

-       

-       
-       

-       

57,888   
20,054   

-   

-       

(8,517 )     

(8,517 ) 

-       

(63,453 )     
-       
62        555,640        1,456,543       
-        234,118       

-       

-       

-       
(82,795 )      (136,355 )     
-       

-       

(63,453 ) 
1,793,095   
234,118   

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
22,514       

-       
-       

-       

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       

132,826       
-       

-       
-       

132,826   
22,514   

-       
-       
-        (353,289 )     

-   
(353,289 ) 

-       

(5,036 )     

(5,036 ) 

awards ......................................      

(3,042 )     

-       

Dividends paid to stockholders 

($11.20 per common share) .....      

-       
Balance at December 31, 2022 ..      5,766,011     $ 

-       

(66,255 )     
-       
62     $  578,154     $ 1,624,406     $ 

-       

-       
50,031     $ (494,680 )   $ 

(66,255 ) 
1,757,973   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
    
  
    
  
       
       
       
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

Net income ...................................................................................................................  $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ..................................................................................    
Non-cash interest expense, net ..................................................................................    
Equity-based compensation ......................................................................................    
Write-off of debt issuance costs ................................................................................    
Change in deferred income taxes ..............................................................................    
(Gain) loss on asset sales and disposals, net .............................................................    
(Gain) loss on sales of businesses, net ......................................................................    
Equity method investment (income) loss, net ...........................................................    
Fair value adjustments ..............................................................................................    
Gain on step acquisition ............................................................................................    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable, net .......................................................................................    
Income taxes receivable ........................................................................................    
Prepaid and other current assets ............................................................................    
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..............................................................    
Deferred revenue ...................................................................................................    
Other .....................................................................................................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities .........................................................................    

234,118   $

291,824   $

304,391  

350,462     
9,518     
22,514     
-     
68,378     
9,199     
(13,833)    
14,913     
40,400     
-     

(19,791)    
22,525     
(3,971)    
(157)    
(389)    
4,154     
738,040     

339,025     
9,157     
20,054     
2,131     
28,993     
7,829     
-     
(468)   
48,027     
(33,406)   

1,884     
17,772     
(5,595)   
(23,184)   
2,543     
(2,245)   
704,341     

265,658  
4,305  
14,592  
6,181  
87,182  
(1,072)
(82,574)
(1,376)
17,510  
-  

139  
(39,099)
(2,189)
11,781  
(2,961)
(8,097)
574,371  

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired ................................................................    
Cash paid for debt and equity investments ...................................................................    
Dividends received .......................................................................................................    
Proceeds from sale of equity investment ......................................................................    
Capital expenditures .....................................................................................................    
Change in accrued expenses related to capital expenditures ........................................    
Purchase of wireless licenses ........................................................................................    
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment .................................................    
Issuance of note and other receivables .........................................................................    
Proceeds from sales of operations ................................................................................    
Settlement of note and other receivables ......................................................................    
Net cash used in investing activities .................................................................................    

(50,385)    
-     
-     
(414,095)    
3,358     
-     
3,628     
-     
9,227     
-     

-      (2,065,982)   
(95,800)   
68,706     
5,325     
(391,934)   
7,407     
-     
708     
-     
-     
-     
(448,267)     (2,471,570)   

(38,296)
(612,124)
-  
-  
(293,229)
(9,288)
(1,418)
730  
(7,288)
-  
6,000  
(954,913)

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from equity issuance......................................................................................    
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings ...................................................................    
Payment of equity issuance costs .................................................................................    
Payment of debt issuance costs.....................................................................................    
Payments on long-term debt .........................................................................................    
Repurchases of common stock .....................................................................................    
Payment of withholding tax for equity awards .............................................................    
Dividends paid to stockholders .....................................................................................    
Deposits received for asset construction .......................................................................    
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..........................................................    

488,750  
-     
-     
-      1,695,850      1,050,000  
(18,951)
-     
-     
(15,064)
(13,742)   
-     
(612,028)
(30,501)   
(38,845)    
-  
-     
(353,289)    
(5,953)
(8,517)   
(5,036)    
(56,574)
(63,453)   
(66,255)    
-  
1,485     
-     
830,180  
(463,425)     1,581,122     

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .............................................................    
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ...............................................................    
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .........................................................................  $

(173,652)    
388,802     
215,150   $

(186,107)   
574,909     
388,802   $

449,638  
125,271  
574,909  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures: 

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest ..........................................................  $
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received ....................................................  $

127,158   $
23,379   $

102,891   $
(1,243) $

65,007  
28,230  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-8 

  
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
  
CABLE ONE, INC. 
 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Cable  One,  Inc.,  together  with  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “Cable  One”  or  the  “Company”),  is  a  fully 
integrated provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business subscribers in 24 Western, Midwestern and 
Southern  U.S.  states.  At  the  end  of  2022,  Cable  One  provided  services  to  more  than 1.1 million  residential  and  business 
customers,  of  which  approximately  1,060,000 subscribed  to  data  services,  182,000 subscribed  to  video  services  and 
132,000 subscribed to voice services. 

On  July  1,  2020,  the  Company  acquired  Valu-Net  LLC,  an  all-fiber  internet  service  provider (“Valu-Net”),  for  $38.9 
million in cash on a debt-free basis. The transaction was funded with cash on hand. 

On October 1, 2020, the Company contributed its Anniston, Alabama system (the “Anniston System”) to Hargray Acquisition 
Holdings, LLC, a data, video and voice services provider (“Hargray”), in exchange for an approximately 15% equity interest 
in Hargray on a fully diluted basis. On May 3, 2021, the Company acquired the remaining approximately 85% equity interest 
in Hargray that it did not already own for approximately $2.0 billion in cash on a debt-free basis (the "Hargray Acquisition"). 
The transaction was funded through a combination of cash on hand and proceeds from new indebtedness.  

On December 30, 2021, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Cable America Missouri, 
LLC,  a  data,  video  and  voice  services  provider  ("CableAmerica"),  for  $113.1 million  in  cash  on  a  debt-free  basis.  The 
transaction was funded with cash on hand.  

On January  1,  2022, the  Company  closed  a  joint  venture  transaction  in  which  the  Company  contributed  certain  fiber 
operations  (including certain  fiber  assets  of  Hargray  and  a  majority  of  the  operations  of  Delta  Communications,  L.L.C. 
("Clearwave"))  and  certain  unaffiliated third-party  investors  contributed cash to  a newly  formed  entity,  Clearwave  Fiber 
LLC ("Clearwave  Fiber").  The  operations  contributed  by  the  Company  generated  approximately 3%  of  Cable 
One's consolidated revenues for the three months ended December 31, 2021. The Company's approximately 58% investment 
in Clearwave Fiber was valued at $440.0 million as of the closing date. Clearwave Fiber is intended to accelerate deployment 
of fiber internet to residents and businesses in existing markets and near-adjacent areas, as well as to provide connectivity to 
unserved  and  underserved  areas  in  such  markets  via  fiber-to-the-premises  service.  Clearwave  Fiber  is  reported  on  Cable 
One’s balance sheet under the equity method of accounting, with the proportionate share of its net income (loss) each period 
reflected within Cable One's consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income on a one quarter lag. 

The Company also made other various strategic equity investments during 2020, 2021 and 2022. 

Refer to notes 3 and 6 for further details on the Company's acquisitions and equity investments, respectively. 

2.  

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.  The  Company’s  results  of  operations  for  the  years  ended December  31,  2022,  2021 and 2020  may  not  be 
indicative of the Company’s future results. 

Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, 
including its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Segment Reporting. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280 - Segment Reporting requires the disclosure of factors 
used  to  identify  an  entity’s  reportable  segments. Based  on  the  Company’s  chief  operating  decision  maker’s  review  and 
assessment of the Company’s operating performance for purposes of performance monitoring and resource allocation, the 
Company determined that its operations, including the decisions to allocate resources and deploy capital, are organized and 
managed on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, management has identified one operating segment, which is its reportable 
segment, under this organizational and reporting structure. 

F-9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management 
to  make  certain  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  herein.  Management  bases  its  estimates  and 
assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by 
changes in those estimates and underlying assumptions. 

Revenue  Recognition. The  Company  recognizes  revenue  in  accordance  with  ASC  606  -  Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers.  Residential  revenues  are  generated  through  individual  and  bundled  subscriptions  for  data,  video  and  voice 
services.  Such  subscriptions  are  generally on  month-to-month  terms,  and  generally  without  penalty  for  cancellation.  As 
bundled subscriptions are typically offered at discounted rates, the sales price is allocated amongst the respective product 
lines based on the relative selling price at which each service is sold under standalone service agreements. Business revenues 
are generated through individual and bundled subscriptions for data, video and voice services under contracts with terms 
ranging from one month to several years. 

The Company also generally receives an allocation of scheduled advertising time as part of its distribution agreements with 
cable and broadcast networks, which the Company sells to local, regional and national advertisers under contracts with terms 
that  are  typically  less  than  one  year.  In  most  instances,  the  available  advertising  time  is  sold  directly  by  the  Company’s 
internal sales force. As the Company is acting as principal in these arrangements, the advertising that is sold is reported as 
revenue on a gross basis. In instances where advertising time is sold by contracted third-party agencies, the Company is not 
acting as principal and the advertising sold is therefore reported net of agency fees. Advertising revenues are recognized when 
the related advertisements are aired. 

The unit of accounting for revenue recognition is a performance obligation, which is a requirement to transfer a distinct good 
or service to a customer. Customers are billed for the services to which they subscribe based upon published or contracted 
rates,  with  the  sales  price  being  allocated  to  each  performance  obligation.  For  arrangements  with  multiple  performance 
obligations, the sales price is allocated based on the relative standalone selling price for each subscribed service. Generally, 
performance obligations are satisfied, and revenue is recognized, over the period of time in which customers simultaneously 
receive and consume the Company’s defined performance obligations, which are delivered in a similar pattern of transfer. 
Advertising revenue is recognized at the point in time when the underlying performance obligation is complete. 

The Company also incurs certain incremental costs to acquire residential and business customers, such as commission costs 
and  third-party  costs  to  service  specific  customers.  These  costs  are  capitalized  as  contract  assets  and  amortized  over  the 
applicable period. For commissions, the amortization period is the average customer tenure, which is approximately five 
years for both residential and business customers. All other costs are amortized over the requisite contract period. 

Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through on a monthly 
basis to the Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. As the Company acts as principal, these fees 
are reported in video and voice revenues on a gross basis with corresponding expenses included within operating expenses 
in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk 
are primarily cash and accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk with respect to the Company’s cash balance is limited. 
The  Company  maintains  or  invests  its  cash  with  highly  qualified  financial  institutions.  With  respect  to  the  Company’s 
receivables, credit risk is limited due to the large number of customers, individually small balances and short payment terms. 

Programming Costs. The Company’s programming costs are fees paid to license the programming that is distributed to 
video  customers  and  are  recorded  in  the  period  the  services  are  provided.  Programming  costs  are  recorded  based  on  the 
Company’s contractual agreements with its programming vendors, which are generally multi-year agreements that provide 
for the Company to make payments to the programming vendors at agreed upon rates based on the number of subscribers to 
which  the  Company  provides  the  programming  service.  From  time  to  time,  these  agreements  expire,  and  programming 
continues to be distributed to customers, while the parties negotiate new contractual terms. These scenarios are often pursuant 
to an extension, however, in the absence of an extension, the Company will continue to pay and record costs based on the use 
of estimates of the ultimate contractual terms expected to be negotiated or the prior contractual terms. Differences between 
actual amounts determined upon resolution of negotiations and amounts recorded during these interim periods are recorded in 
the period of resolution. 

F-10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Advertising  Costs.  The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  as  incurred.  The  total  amount  of  such  advertising  expense 
recorded was $42.4 million, $40.1 million and $31.6 million in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities at purchase of three months 
or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost plus accrued interest and dividends, which approximates 
market value. 

Allowance for Credit Losses. Accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance for amounts that may be uncollectible in the 
future. This estimated allowance is based primarily on the aging category, historical collection experience and management’s 
evaluation of the financial condition of the customer. The Company generally considers an account past due or delinquent 
when a customer misses a scheduled payment. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances deemed uncollectible 
against the allowance for credit losses generally when the account is turned over for collection to an outside collection agency. 

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that a market participant 
would use in pricing an asset or liability based on a three-tiered hierarchy that draws a distinction between market participant 
assumptions based on (i) observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets (level 1); (ii) inputs other than quoted 
prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (level 2); and (iii) unobservable inputs that require the 
Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (level 3). Financial assets and 
liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 
The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment and 
may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. 

For assets and liabilities that are measured using quoted prices in active markets, the total fair value is the published market 
price per unit multiplied by the number of units held, without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that are 
measured using significant other observable inputs are primarily valued by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or 
liabilities in active markets, adjusted for any terms specific to that asset or liability. Assets and liabilities that are measured 
using significant unobservable inputs are valued using various valuation techniques, including Monte Carlo simulations. 

The Company measures certain assets, including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, at fair value 
on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be impaired. The fair value of these assets is determined with valuation 
techniques using the best information available and may include quoted market prices, market comparables and discounted 
cash flow models. 

The carrying amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for cash and cash equivalents, accounts 
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial 
instruments. 

Equity Investments. Equity investments that do not provide the Company the ability to exert significant influence over the 
operating or financial decisions of the investee are accounted for under the fair value measurement alternative. This method 
requires  the  initial  fair  value  of  the  investment  to  be  recorded  as  an  asset  within  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  and  any 
dividends received from the investee to be recorded as other income within the consolidated statement of operations and 
comprehensive income. If observable price changes for identical or similar investments in the same investee are identified, 
the recorded carrying value will be adjusted to its current estimated fair value, with the change recorded within other income 
or expense. 

F-11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Equity investments that do provide the Company with the ability to exert significant influence over the operating or financial 
decisions of the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The equity method requires the initial fair value of the 
investment to be recorded as an asset within the consolidated balance sheet. Based on its ownership percentage, the Company 
then  recognizes  its  proportionate  share  of  the  investee’s  net  income  (loss)  each  period  within  equity  method  investment 
income (loss) in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income and a corresponding increase (decrease) 
to the investment’s carrying value within the consolidated balance sheet. As permitted by GAAP, the Company elected to 
recognize its proportionate share of such net income (loss) for each of its equity method investments on a one quarter lag 
because  the  investees'  quarterly  financial  information  is  not  prepared  in  time  for  the  Company's  financial  reporting. 
Additionally, any dividends received from an equity method investee are accounted for as a reduction in the carrying value 
of the investment within the consolidated balance sheet. Dividends deemed to be a return on investment are classified as 
operating cash flows within the consolidated statements of cash flows, while dividends deemed to be a return of investment 
are  classified  as  investing  cash  flows.  Further,  any  material  difference  between  the  carrying  value  of  an  equity  method 
investment and the Company’s underlying equity in the net assets of the investee attributable to depreciable property, plant 
and equipment and/or amortizable intangible assets will result in an adjustment to the amount of net income (loss) recognized 
by the Company each period. 

For  each  of  the  Company’s  equity  investments  that  have  readily  determinable  fair  values,  the  Company  assesses  each 
investment for indicators of impairment on a quarterly basis based primarily on the investee’s most recently available financial 
and operating information. If it is determined that the fair value of an investment has fallen below its carrying value, the 
carrying value is adjusted down to fair value and an impairment loss equal to the amount of the adjustment is recognized 
within the period’s statement of operations and comprehensive income. 

Property,  Plant  and  Equipment.  Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and 
amortization. Costs for replacements and major improvements are capitalized while costs for maintenance and repairs are 
expensed  as  incurred. Depreciation  and  amortization  are calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  for  all  assets,  with  the 
exception of capitalized internal and external labor, which are depreciated using an accelerated method. The estimated useful 
life ranges for each category of property, plant and equipment are as follows (in years): 

Cable distribution systems(1) ................................................................................................................................      5 – 25 
Customer premise equipment ..............................................................................................................................     
3 – 5 
Other equipment and fixtures ..............................................................................................................................      3 – 10 
Buildings and improvements ...............................................................................................................................      10 – 20    
Capitalized software ............................................................................................................................................     
Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets ...............................................................................................................................     

3 – 7 
1 – 5 

(1)  The weighted average useful life of cable distribution systems is approximately 12 years. 

The costs of leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective 
leases. 

Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and acquiring and deploying of customer premise equipment, 
including materials, internal and external labor costs and related indirect and overhead costs, are capitalized. 

Capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of engineers and technical personnel involved in the design and implementation 
of plant and infrastructure; the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise 
equipment;  and  the  costs  of  support  personnel  directly  involved  in  capitalizable  activities,  such  as  project  managers  and 
supervisors. These costs are capitalized based on internally developed standards by position, which are updated annually (or 
more frequently if required). These standards are developed utilizing a combination of actual costs incurred where applicable, 
operational data and management judgment. Overhead costs are capitalized based on standards developed from historical 
information. Indirect and overhead costs include payroll taxes; insurance and other benefits; and vehicle, tool and supply 
expense related to installation activities. Costs for repairs and maintenance, disconnecting service or reconnecting service are 
expensed as incurred. 

The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or develop internal-use, on-premises and 
cloud-based software, including costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements. 

F-12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets. The recoverability of property, plant and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets is 
assessed whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that recorded values may not be recoverable. A long-
lived asset is considered to not be recoverable when the undiscounted estimated future cash flows are less than the asset’s 
recorded  value.  An  impairment  charge  is  measured  based  on  estimated  fair  market  value,  determined  primarily  using 
estimated future cash flows on a discounted basis. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar 
manner, but the fair market value is reduced for estimated disposal costs. 

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets. Finite-lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trademarks and trade names 
and wireless licenses and are amortized using a straight-line or accelerated method over the respective estimated periods for 
which the assets will provide economic benefit to the Company. 

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. The Company’s intangible assets with an indefinite life are franchise agreements that it 
has with state and local governments and a trade name. Franchise agreements allow the Company to contract and operate its 
business  within  specified  geographic  areas.  The  Company  expects  its  franchise  agreements  to  provide  it  with  substantial 
benefit for a period that extends beyond the foreseeable horizon, and the Company has historically obtained renewals and 
extensions  of  such  agreements  without  material  modifications  to  the  agreements  for  nominal  costs,  and  these  costs  are 
expensed as incurred. The Company currently expects to utilize the indefinite-lived trademark and trade name for a period 
that extends beyond the foreseeable horizon and expects the cost to maintain such asset to be nominal. 

The Company has identified a single unit of accounting for its franchise agreements for use in impairment assessments based 
on the Company’s current operations and use of its assets. 

The Company assesses its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment as of October 1st of each year, or more frequently 
whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The Company evaluates 
the unit of accounting used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances 
occur  to  ensure  impairment  testing  is  performed  at  an  appropriate  level.  The  impairment  assessment may  first  consider 
qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is 
less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the qualitative assessment results in a more-likely-
than-not  determination  or  if  a  qualitative  assessment  is  not  performed.  When  performing  a  quantitative  assessment,  the 
Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  its  franchise  agreements  primarily  based  on  a  multi-period  excess  earnings  method 
(“MPEEM”) analysis and estimates the fair value of the trademark and trade name primarily based on a relief-from-royalty 
analysis, both of which involve significant judgment. When analyzing the fair values indicated under the MPEEM analysis, 
the Company also considers multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA” and as 
adjusted, “Adjusted EBITDA”) generated by the underlying assets, current market transactions and profitability information. 
If the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets were determined to be less than the carrying amount, the Company would 
recognize an impairment charge for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the assets. 

Goodwill. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets 
acquired in a business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies 
and intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including an assembled workforce, noncontractual 
relationships and other agreements. The Company assesses its goodwill for impairment as of October 1st of each year, or 
more frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting 
unit may exceed its fair value. 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, for which it has identified a single goodwill reporting 
unit based on the chief operating decision maker’s performance monitoring and resource allocation process and the similarity 
of its geographic divisions. 

The  assessment  of  recoverability  may  first  consider  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the  existence  of  events  or 
circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 
carrying  amount.  A  quantitative  assessment  is  performed  if  the  qualitative  assessment  results  in  a  more-likely-than-not 
determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. The quantitative assessment considers whether the carrying 
amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Any excess amount is recorded as an impairment charge in the current period 
(limited to the amount of goodwill recorded). 

F-13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Insurance. The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks, including claims related 
to  employee  medical  and  dental  care,  disability  benefits,  workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  property  damage  and 
business  interruption.  Liabilities  associated  with  these  plans  are  estimated  based  on,  among  other  things,  the  Company’s 
historical  claims  experience,  severity  factors  and  other  actuarial  assumptions.  Accruals  for  expected  loss  are  based  on 
estimates, and, while the Company believes that the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the 
amounts accrued. 

Equity-Based Compensation. The Company measures compensation expense related to equity-based awards based on the 
grant date fair value of the awards. The Company recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, with forfeitures recognized as incurred. 

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition 
of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the 
differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year 
in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is 
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In 
making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals 
of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax  planning  strategies  and  recent  financial 
operations. This evaluation is made on an ongoing basis. In the event the Company were to determine that it was not able to 
realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, the Company would record a valuation allowance, which would 
impact the provision for income taxes. 

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. 
The  Company  records  a  liability  for  the  difference  between  the  benefit  recognized  and  measured  for  financial  statement 
purposes and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the tax return. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the 
period in which such determination is made. 

Asset Retirement Obligations. Certain of the Company’s franchise agreements and lease agreements contain provisions 
requiring  the  Company  to  restore  facilities  or  remove  property  in  the  event  that  the  franchise  or  lease  agreement  is  not 
renewed. The Company expects to continually renew its franchise agreements and therefore cannot reasonably estimate any 
liabilities  associated  with  such  agreements.  A  remote  possibility  exists  that  franchise  agreements  could  be  terminated 
unexpectedly, which could result in the Company incurring significant expense in complying with restoration or removal 
provisions. Retirement obligations related to the Company’s lease agreements are de minimis. The Company does not have 
any significant liabilities related to asset retirement obligations recorded in the consolidated financial statements. 

F-14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Business Combination Purchase Price Allocation. The application of the acquisition method under ASC 805 - Business 
Combinations requires the Company to allocate the purchase price amongst the acquisition date fair values of identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company determines fair values using the income 
approach,  market  approach  and/or  cost  approach  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  asset  or  liability  being  valued  and  the 
reliability of available information. The income approach estimates fair value by discounting associated lifetime expected 
future cash flows to their present value and relies on significant assumptions regarding future revenues, expenses, working 
capital levels and discount rates. The market approach estimates fair value by analyzing recent actual market transactions for 
similar assets or liabilities. The cost approach estimates fair value based on the expected cost to replace or reproduce the asset 
or  liability  and  relies  on  assumptions  regarding  the  occurrence  and  extent  of  any  physical,  functional  and/or  economic 
obsolescence. 

Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Pronouncements. In  November  2021,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (the 
"FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2021-10, Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by 
Business  Entities  about  Government  Assistance.  ASU  2021-10  requires additional  disclosure around  the  type of  any 
government assistance received and its impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted the updated 
guidance in the first quarter of 2022. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial 
statements. 

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets 
and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. ASU 2021-08 requires entities to apply existing revenue recognition 
guidance  when recognizing and  measuring contract  assets  acquired  and  contract  liabilities  assumed  in  a  business 
combination. The Company adopted the updated guidance in the first quarter of 2022. The adoption did not have a material 
impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

In  March  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2020-04,  Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic  848):  Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of 
Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting.  ASU  2020-04  provides  optional  expedients  and  exceptions  for  applying 
GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) 
and other reference rates expected to be discontinued. The Company currently holds certain debt and interest rate swaps that 
reference LIBOR. The Company adopted ASU 2020-04 in 2022 and will apply such guidance when the contracts underlying 
applicable instruments are amended as a result of reference rate reform in 2023. The adoption will not have a material impact 
on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

3.  

ACQUISITIONS 

The Company accounts for certain acquisitions as business combinations pursuant to ASC 805 - Business Combinations. In 
accordance  with  ASC  805,  the  Company uses its  best  estimates  and  assumptions  to assign fair value  to  the  tangible  and 
identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date based on the information that is available 
as of the acquisition date. The Company believes that the information available provides a reasonable basis for estimating the 
fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each acquisition, however, preliminary measurements of fair value 
for each acquisition are subject to change during the measurement period, and such changes could be material. The Company 
expects to finalize the valuation after each acquisition as soon as practicable but no later than one year after the acquisition 
date. 

Customer  relationships  and  franchise  agreements  acquired  in  acquisitions  are  valued  using  the  MPEEM  of  the  income 
approach. Significant assumptions used in the valuations include projected revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates, 
future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, synergies and appropriate discount rates. 

F-15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired 
in  a  business  combination  and  represents  the  future  economic  benefits  expected  to  arise  from  anticipated  synergies  and 
intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, including an assembled workforce, noncontractual relationships 
and other agreements. As an indefinite-lived asset, goodwill is not amortized but rather is subject to impairment testing on at 
least an annual basis. 

Acquisition  costs  incurred  by  the  Company  are  not  included  as  components  of  consideration  transferred  and  instead  are 
accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred. The Company incurred $3.2 million, $10.8 million 
and $3.9 million of acquisition-related costs in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These costs are included within selling, 
general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

The following acquisitions occurred during the periods presented: 

CableAmerica.  On  December  30,  2021,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets  and  assumed  certain  liabilities  of 
CableAmerica, a data, video and voice services provider, for $113.1 million in cash on a debt-free basis. 

Acquired identifiable intangible assets associated with the CableAmerica acquisition consisted of the following (dollars in 
thousands): 

   Fair Value 

     Useful Life 
(in years) 

Customer relationships ....................................................................................................   $
Trademark and trade name ..............................................................................................   $
Franchise agreements ......................................................................................................   $

15,400       
500       
49,600     

14.0   
3.0   
Indefinite  

No residual value was assigned to the acquired finite-lived intangible assets. The customer relationships are amortized on an 
accelerated basis commensurate with future anticipated cash flows. The trademark and trade name are amortized on a straight-
line  basis.  The  total  weighted  average  original  amortization  period  for  the  acquired  finite-lived  intangible  assets 
is 13.7 years. The CableAmerica acquisition resulted in the recognition of $25.6 million of goodwill, which is deductible for 
tax purposes. 

Hargray. On May 3, 2021, the Company acquired the remaining approximately 85% equity interest in Hargray, a data, video 
and voice services provider, that it did not already own for an approximately $2.0 billion cash purchase price, which implied 
a $2.2 billion total enterprise value for Hargray on a debt-free basis. 

F-16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  allocation  of  the  Hargray  purchase  price  consideration  as  of  the  acquisition  date, 
reflecting all measurement period adjustments (in thousands): 

Purchase Price 
Allocation 

Assets Acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................................................................................   $
Accounts receivable ......................................................................................................................................     
Income taxes receivable ................................................................................................................................     
Prepaid and other current assets ....................................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment .......................................................................................................................     
Intangible assets ............................................................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent assets .................................................................................................................................     
Total Assets Acquired ................................................................................................................................     

Liabilities Assumed 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .......................................................................................................     
Deferred revenue (short-term portion) ..........................................................................................................     
Deferred income taxes ...................................................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent liabilities ............................................................................................................................     
Total Liabilities Assumed ..........................................................................................................................     

17,652   
17,929   
720   
8,006   
456,633   
1,592,000   
7,576   
2,100,516   

38,227   
8,462   
441,377   
9,886   
497,952   

Net assets acquired ......................................................................................................................................     
Purchase price consideration(1) ......................................................................................................................     
Goodwill recognized ....................................................................................................................................   $

1,602,564   
2,117,110   
514,546   

(1)  Consists of approximately $2.0 billion of cash for the additional approximately 85% equity interest in Hargray that the Company 
did not already own and the $146.6 million May 3, 2021 fair value of the Company’s existing approximately 15% equity investment 
in Hargray. The Company recognized a $33.4 million non-cash gain within other income in the consolidated statement of operations 
and comprehensive income upon the acquisition in 2021, representing the difference between the existing equity investment’s fair 
value and $113.2 million carrying value. The fair value of the existing investment was calculated as approximately 15% of the fair 
value of Hargray’s total equity value (determined using the discounted cash flow method of the income approach, less debt), excluding 
the impact of any synergies or control premium that would be realized by a controlling interest. 

F-17 

  
  
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Acquired identifiable intangible assets associated with the Hargray Acquisition consist of the following (dollars in thousands): 

   Fair Value 

     Useful Life     
(in years) 

Customer relationships ....................................................................................................   $
Trademark and trade name ..............................................................................................   $
Franchise agreements ......................................................................................................   $

472,000       
10,000       

1,110,000     

13.7   
4.2   
Indefinite  

No residual value was assigned to the acquired finite-lived intangible assets. The customer relationships are amortized on an 
accelerated basis commensurate with future anticipated cash flows. The trademark and trade name are amortized on a straight-
line basis. The total weighted average original amortization period for the acquired finite-lived intangible assets is 13.5 years. 
The Hargray Acquisition resulted in the recognition of $514.5 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for tax purposes. 

The  following  unaudited  pro  forma  combined  results  of  operations  information has  been  prepared  as  if  the  Hargray 
Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020 (in thousands, except per share data): 

(Unaudited) 

   Year Ended December 31, 

Revenues .........................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income ......................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income per common share: 

Basic ............................................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted .........................................................................................................................   $ 

2021 
1,708,734    $
230,685    $

2020 
1,584,384   
273,483   

38.33    $
36.51    $

46.47   
44.11   

The unaudited pro forma combined results of operations information reflects the following pro forma adjustments (dollars in 
thousands): 

(Unaudited) 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

Depreciation and amortization ........................................................................................   $ 
Interest expense ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Acquisition costs .............................................................................................................   $ 
Gain on step acquisition ..................................................................................................   $ 
Income tax provision .......................................................................................................   $ 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted ................................................     

(6,152)   $
(2,804)   $
(15,403)   $
(33,400)   $
33,577    $
71,219      

(14,866 ) 
(21,001 ) 
-   
-   
8,967   
404,248   

The  unaudited  pro  forma  combined  results  of  operations  information  is  provided  for  informational  purposes  only  and  is 
not necessarily  intended  to  represent  the  results  that  would  have  been  achieved  had  the  Hargray  Acquisition  been 
consummated on January 1, 2020 or indicative of the results that may be achieved in the future. 

F-18 

  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
Valu-Net. On July 1, 2020, the Company acquired Valu-Net, an all-fiber internet service provider, for $38.9 million in cash 
on a debt-free basis. 

Acquired  identifiable  intangible  assets  associated  with  the  Valu-Net  acquisition  consisted  of  the  following  (dollars  in 
thousands): 

Customer relationships ....................................................................................................   $
Trademark and trade name ..............................................................................................   $
Franchise agreements ......................................................................................................   $

7,700       
800     
11,200     

13.5   
Indefinite  
Indefinite  

No residual value was assigned to the acquired finite-lived intangible assets. The customer relationships are amortized on an 
accelerated basis commensurate with future anticipated cash flows. The Valu-Net acquisition resulted in the recognition of 
$5.3 million of goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes. 

   Fair Value 

Useful Life  
(in years) 

4.  

REVENUES  

Revenues by product line and other revenue-related disclosures were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Residential 

Data .............................................................................................................    $
Video ..........................................................................................................      
Voice ...........................................................................................................      
Business services ............................................................................................      
Other ...............................................................................................................      

669,545  
332,857  
47,603  
234,657  
40,567  
Total revenues .........................................................................................    $ 1,706,043    $ 1,605,836    $  1,325,229  

835,725    $ 
339,707      
47,519      
308,767      
74,118      

934,564    $
325,200      
43,096      
305,286      
97,897      

Franchise and other regulatory fees ................................................................    $
Deferred commission amortization ................................................................    $

31,226    $
5,092    $

31,418    $ 
5,405    $ 

25,206  
5,478  

Other revenues are comprised primarily of regulatory revenues, advertising sales, late charges and reconnect fees. 

Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through on a monthly 
basis to the Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. As the Company acts as principal, these fees 
are reported in video and voice revenues on a gross basis with corresponding expenses included within operating expenses 
in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

Net  accounts  receivable  from  contracts  with  customers  totaled  $45.8 million  and  $39.4 million  at  December  31, 
2022 and 2021, respectively. 

A significant portion of the Company’s revenues are derived from customers who may cancel their subscriptions at any time 
without penalty. As such, the amount of deferred revenue related to unsatisfied performance obligations is not necessarily 
indicative of the future revenue to be recognized from the Company’s existing customers. Revenues from customers with 
contractually specified terms and non-cancelable service periods are recognized over the terms of the underlying contracts, 
which generally range from one to five years. 

F-19 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Contract Costs. The Company capitalizes the incremental costs incurred in obtaining customers, such as commission costs 
and  certain  third-party  costs.  Commission  expense  is  recognized  using  a  portfolio  approach  over  the  calculated  average 
residential  and  business  customer  tenure.  Commission  amortization  expense  is  included  within  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

Contract Liabilities. As residential and business customers are billed for subscription services in advance of the service 
period, the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of billing. Deferred revenue liabilities are recorded when 
the Company collects payments in advance of providing the associated services. Current deferred revenue liabilities consist 
of  refundable  customer  prepayments,  up-front  charges  and  installation  fees.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  Company’s 
remaining  performance  obligations  pertain  to  the  refundable  customer  prepayments  and  consist  of  providing  future  data, 
video and voice services to customers. The $26.9 million of current deferred revenue at December 31, 2021 was recognized 
within revenues in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income during 2022. Noncurrent deferred 
revenue liabilities consist of up-front charges and installation fees from business customers. 

Significant  Judgments.  The Company often  provides  multiple  services to  a  single  customer.  The  provision of  customer 
premise equipment, installation services and service upgrades may be highly integrated and interdependent with the data, 
video  or  voice  services  provided.  Judgment  is  required  to  determine  whether  the  provision  of  such  customer  premise 
equipment, installation services and service upgrades is considered a distinct service and accounted for separately, or not 
distinct and accounted for together with the related subscription service. 

The transaction price for a bundle of services is frequently less than the sum of the standalone selling prices of each individual 
service. The Company allocates the sales price for such bundles to each individual service provided based on the relative 
standalone selling price for each subscribed service. Generally, directly observable standalone selling prices are used for the 
revenue allocation. 

The Company also used significant judgment to determine the appropriate period over which to amortize deferred residential 
and business commission costs, which was determined to be the average customer tenure. Based on historical data and current 
expectations,  the  Company  determined  the  average  customer  tenure  for  both  residential  and  business  customers  to  be 
approximately five years. 

5.  

OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Trade receivables .....................................................................................................................   $ 
Other receivables(1) ..................................................................................................................     
Less: Allowance for credit losses ............................................................................................     
Total accounts receivable, net ..............................................................................................   $ 

48,958    $
26,948      
(3,191)     
72,715    $

41,947  
16,847  
(2,541) 
56,253  

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

(1)  Balance as of December 31, 2022 includes $15.6 million due from Clearwave Fiber for services provided under a transition services 

agreement. 

The changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows (in thousands): 

Beginning balance .................................................................................   $
Additions - charged to costs and expenses ..............................................     
Deductions - write-offs ............................................................................     
Recoveries collected ................................................................................     
Ending balance ......................................................................................   $

2,541    $
9,170      
(13,998)     
5,478      
3,191    $

1,252     $
5,965       
(10,587 )     
5,911       
2,541     $

1,201  
7,527  
(13,603) 
6,127  
1,252  

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

F-20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
   
 
 
Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

Prepaid repairs and maintenance .............................................................................................   $ 
Software implementation costs ...............................................................................................     
Prepaid insurance ....................................................................................................................     
Prepaid rent .............................................................................................................................     
Prepaid software ......................................................................................................................     
Deferred commissions .............................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap asset ............................................................................................................     
All other current assets ............................................................................................................     
Total prepaid and other current assets .................................................................................   $ 

4,059    $
1,349      
3,506      
2,125      
8,897      
4,596      
25,794      
6,846      
57,172    $

4,788  
1,199  
3,325  
2,107  
6,982  
4,295  
-  
9,009  
31,705  

Other noncurrent assets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

Operating lease right-of-use assets ..........................................................................................   $ 
Deferred commissions .............................................................................................................     
Software implementation costs ...............................................................................................     
Debt issuance costs ..................................................................................................................     
Debt investment .......................................................................................................................     
Assets held for sale ..................................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap asset ............................................................................................................     
All other noncurrent assets ......................................................................................................     
Total other noncurrent assets ...............................................................................................   $ 

11,325    $
8,916      
6,472      
1,904      
2,102      
914      
40,289      
2,755      
74,677    $

15,501  
8,624  
7,782  
2,576  
-  
3,819  
-  
4,020  
42,322  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

Accounts payable ....................................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued programming costs ....................................................................................................     
Accrued compensation and related benefits ............................................................................     
Accrued sales and other operating taxes..................................................................................     
Accrued franchise fees ............................................................................................................     
Deposits ...................................................................................................................................     
Operating lease liabilities ........................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap liability .......................................................................................................     
Accrued insurance costs ..........................................................................................................     
Cash overdrafts ........................................................................................................................     
Equity investment payable(1) ...................................................................................................     
Interest payable .......................................................................................................................     
Income taxes payable ..............................................................................................................     
All other accrued liabilities .....................................................................................................     
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................................................................   $ 

39,554    $
20,456      
26,515      
14,541      
3,902      
6,236      
3,924      
-      
5,525      
9,445      
-      
5,801      
13,006      
15,613      
164,518    $

35,716  
23,703  
34,731  
12,872  
4,397  
6,840  
5,633  
26,662  
5,542  
11,517  
13,387  
5,172  
-  
17,215  
203,387  

(1)  Consists of the unfunded portion of the Company’s equity investment in Wisper. The Company funded the remaining investment 

payable to Wisper during 2022. Refer to note 6 for details on this investment. 

F-21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Other noncurrent liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Operating lease liabilities ........................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued compensation and related benefits ............................................................................     
Deferred revenue .....................................................................................................................     
MBI Net Option (as defined in note 6)(1) .................................................................................     
All other noncurrent liabilities ................................................................................................     
Total other noncurrent liabilities ..........................................................................................   $ 

6,733    $
8,973      
8,070      
164,350      
4,224      
192,350    $

9,098  
11,010  
6,854  
123,620  
5,959  
156,541  

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

(1)  Represents the net value of the Company’s call and put options associated with the remaining equity interests in MBI (as defined in 
note 6), consisting of liabilities of $6.5 million and $157.9 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2022 and liabilities of $17.8 
million and $105.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. Refer to notes 6 and 13 for further information on the MBI Net 
Option (as defined in note 6). 

6.  

EQUITY INVESTMENTS 

On May 4, 2020, the Company made a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership interest in AMG Technology 
Investment Group, LLC, a wireless internet service provider (“Nextlink”), for $27.2 million. On July 10, 2020, the Company 
acquired  a  40.4%  minority  equity  interest  in  Wisper  ISP,  LLC,  a  wireless  internet  service  provider  (“Wisper”),  for  total 
consideration of $25.3 million. The Company completed funding of the Wisper investment during 2022. On October 1, 2020, 
the Company contributed the Anniston System to Hargray in exchange for an approximately 15% equity interest in Hargray 
on a fully diluted basis and recognized an $82.6 million non-cash gain. On November 12, 2020, the Company acquired a 
45.0% minority equity interest in Mega Broadband Investments Holdings LLC, a data, video and voice services provider 
(“MBI”), for $574.9 million in cash. 

On May 3, 2021, the Company acquired the remaining approximately 85% equity interest in Hargray that it did not already 
own for an approximately $2.0 billion cash purchase price, which implied a $2.2 billion total enterprise value for Hargray on 
a debt-free basis, and recognized a $33.4 million non-cash gain as a result of the fair value remeasurement of the Company’s 
existing equity interest on the acquisition date. On October 1, 2021, the Company made a minority equity investment for a 
less than 10% ownership interest in Point Broadband Holdings, LLC, a fiber internet service provider ("Point Broadband"), 
for $25.0 million. On October 18, 2021, the Company completed a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership 
interest in Tristar Acquisition I Corp, a special-purpose acquisition company ("Tristar"), for $20.8 million. On November 5, 
2021, the Company invested an additional $50.0 million to acquire preferred units in Nextlink, increasing its equity interest 
to approximately 17%. 

On January  1,  2022, the  Company  closed  a  joint  venture  transaction  in  which  the  Company  contributed  certain  fiber 
operations  (including  certain  fiber  assets  of  Hargray  and  a  majority  of  the  operations  of  Clearwave)  and  certain 
unaffiliated third-party investors contributed cash to a newly formed entity, Clearwave Fiber. The operations contributed by 
the Company generated approximately 3% of Cable One's consolidated revenues for the three months ended December 31, 
2021. The Company's approximately 58% investment in Clearwave Fiber was valued at $440.0 million as of the closing date. 
The Company recognized a non-cash gain of $22.1 million associated with this transaction. On March 24, 2022, the Company 
invested  an  additional  $5.4 million  in  Point  Broadband,  increasing  its  equity  interest  to  approximately 7%.  On April  1, 
2022, the Company contributed its Tallahassee, Florida system to MetroNet Systems, LLC, a fiber internet service provider 
("MetroNet"), in exchange for cash consideration of $7.0 million and an equity interest of less than 10% in MetroNet valued 
at $7.0 million. On June 1, 2022, the Company completed a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership interest 
in Visionary Communications, Inc., an internet service provider ("Visionary"), for $7.2 million. On September 6, 2022, the 
Company  entered  into  a  subscription  agreement  with  Northwest  Fiber  Holdco,  LLC,  a  fiber  internet  service  provider 
("Ziply"), under which the Company agreed to invest up to $50.0 million in Ziply for a less than 10% equity interest. The 
Company funded $22.2 million in November 2022 and expects to fund the remaining $27.8 million during 2023. 

The carrying value of the Company’s equity investments without readily determinable fair values are determined based on 
fair  value  assessments  as  of  their  respective  acquisition  dates.  As  Tristar  is  publicly  traded,  the  carrying  value  of  the 
Company's Tristar investment is remeasured to fair value on a quarterly basis using market information. 

F-22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The carrying value of the Company's equity investments consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

   Ownership     
   Percentage     

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

Cost Method Investments 
MetroNet .........................................................................................................    
Nextlink ...........................................................................................................    
Point Broadband ..............................................................................................    
Tristar ..............................................................................................................    
Visionary .........................................................................................................    
Ziply ................................................................................................................    
Others ..............................................................................................................    
Total cost method investments ....................................................................      

<10% 
<20% 
<10% 
<10% 
<10% 
<10% 
<10% 

Equity Method Investments 
Clearwave Fiber ..............................................................................................    
MBI(1) ..............................................................................................................    
Wisper .............................................................................................................    

~58% 
45.0% 
40.4% 

Total equity method investments .................................................................      

    $

    $

    $

    $

7,000    $ 
77,245      
30,373      
23,413      
7,190      
22,222      
13,624      
181,067    $ 

-  
77,245  
25,000  
23,083  
-  
-  
13,170  
138,498  

409,514    $ 
571,075      
33,565      
1,014,154    $ 

-  
557,715  
31,352  
589,067  

Total equity investments .................................................................................      

    $

1,195,221    $ 

727,565  

(1)  The Company holds a call option to purchase all but not less than all of the remaining equity interests in MBI that the Company does 
not already own between January 1, 2023 and June 30, 2024. If the call option is not exercised, certain investors in MBI hold a put 
option  to  sell  (and  to  cause  all  members  of  MBI  other  than  the  Company  to  sell)  to  the  Company  all  but  not  less  than  all  of 
the remaining equity interests in MBI that the Company does not already own between July 1, 2025 and September 30, 2025. The 
call and put options (collectively referred to as the "MBI Net Option") are measured at fair value using Monte Carlo simulations that 
rely on assumptions around MBI’s equity value, MBI’s and the Company’s equity volatility, MBI’s and the Company’s EBITDA 
volatility, risk adjusted discount rates and the Company’s cost of debt, among others. The final MBI purchase price allocation resulted 
in $630.7 million being allocated to the MBI equity investment and $19.7 million and $75.5 million being allocated to the call and 
put options, respectively. The MBI Net Option is remeasured at fair value on a quarterly basis. The carrying value of the MBI Net 
Option  liability  was  $164.4 million  and  $123.6  million  as  of December  31,  2022 and December  31,  2021,  respectively,  and  was 
included within other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to note 13 for further information on the MBI 
Net Option.  

On  December  28,  2021,  the  Company  received  a  $68.7 million  dividend  distribution  from  MBI,  which  resulted  in  a 
corresponding decrease to the carrying value of the MBI investment. The carrying value of MBI exceeded the Company’s 
underlying  equity  in  MBI’s  net  assets  by  approximately $497.8 million  and  $508.3  million  as  of  December  31, 
2022 and 2021, respectively. 

F-23 

  
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
        
  
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
    
        
        
  
    
        
        
  
      
      
  
    
        
        
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Equity method investment income (losses), which increase (decrease) the carrying value of the respective investment, and 
which are recorded on a one quarter lag, and the change in fair value of the MBI Net Option were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

Equity Method Investment Income (Loss) 
Clearwave Fiber .................................................................................    $ 
MBI(1) .................................................................................................      
Wisper ................................................................................................      
Total ................................................................................................    $ 

(30,486)   $
13,361      
2,212      
(14,913)   $

-     $
(4,258 )     
4,726       
468     $

-  
-  
1,376  
1,376  

Other Income (Expense), Net 
MBI Net Option change in fair value .................................................    $ 

(40,730)   $

(50,310 )   $

(17,500) 

(1)  The Company identified a $186.6 million difference between the fair values of certain of MBI’s finite-lived intangible assets and the 
respective carrying values recorded by MBI, of which $84.0 million was attributable to the Company’s 45% pro rata portion. The 
Company is amortizing its share on an accelerated basis over the lives of the respective assets. The Company recognized $26.9 million 
and $10.3 million of its pro rata share of MBI’s net income and $13.5 million and $14.5 million of its pro rata share of basis difference
amortization during 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

The following tables present summarized financial information for our equity method investments (in thousands): 

Current assets ..................................................................................................................   $ 
Noncurrent assets ............................................................................................................     
Total assets ..................................................................................................................   $ 

As of December 31, 

2022 

115,476    $
1,772,135      
1,887,611    $

2021(1) 

38,587   
994,579   
1,033,166   

Current liabilities .............................................................................................................   $ 
Noncurrent liabilities .......................................................................................................     
Total liabilities .............................................................................................................   $ 

101,763    $
859,727      
961,490    $

58,343   
685,789   
744,132   

(1)  Balances for 2021 only include MBI and Wisper, as Clearwave Fiber was not created until January 1, 2022. 

Revenues .............................................................................................   $
Total costs and expenses .....................................................................   $
Income from operations .......................................................................   $
Net income ..........................................................................................   $

383,435     $
342,752     $
40,683     $
12,732     $

287,355    $
227,656    $
59,699    $
34,576    $

7,137  
2,396  
4,742  
3,406  

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2020(1) 

2022 

(1) 

Includes Wisper operations for the period following the July 10, 2020 investment date. 

The  Company  assesses  each  equity  investment  for  indicators  of  impairment  on  a  quarterly  basis.  No  impairments  were 
recorded for any of the periods presented. 

F-24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
7.  

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

Cable distribution systems .......................................................................................................   $  2,454,452    $ 2,509,795  
320,937  
Customer premise equipment ..................................................................................................     
472,319  
Other equipment and fixtures ..................................................................................................     
142,754  
Buildings and improvements ...................................................................................................     
89,662  
Capitalized software ................................................................................................................     
172,706  
Construction in progress ..........................................................................................................     
12,134  
Land.........................................................................................................................................     
11,241  
Right-of-use assets ..................................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, gross ...................................................................................      3,695,600       3,731,548  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ..................................................................      (1,993,845)      (1,877,444) 
Property, plant and equipment, net ......................................................................................   $  1,701,755    $ 1,854,104  

339,132      
450,301      
138,467      
58,740      
230,644      
12,541      
11,323      

The  Company  contributed  $280.0 million  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  net,  to  the  Clearwave  Fiber  joint  venture  on 
January 1, 2022, and recognized a $22.1 million non-cash gain on the transaction. The Company divested $6.8 million of 
property,  plant  and  equipment,  net, in  the  dispositions  of  the  Tallahassee,  Florida  system  and  certain  other  non-core 
assets during the second quarter of 2022 and recognized an $8.3 million non-cash loss. 

The Company classified $0.9 million and $3.8 million of property, plant and equipment as held for sale as of December 31, 
2022 and 2021, respectively. Such assets are included within other noncurrent assets in the condensed consolidated balance 
sheet. 

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $266.6 million, $264.4 million and $220.2 
million in 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

F-25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
8.  

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The carrying amount of goodwill was $928.9 million and $967.9 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The 
change in carrying value of goodwill during the periods presented was as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at December 31, 2020 ........................................................................................................................    $ 
Hargray acquisition ...........................................................................................................................................      
CableAmerica acquisition .................................................................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2021 ........................................................................................................................    $ 
Clearwave Fiber contribution ............................................................................................................................      
Hargray measurement period adjustments ........................................................................................................      
Other divestitures ..............................................................................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2022 ........................................................................................................................    $ 

430,543  
511,817  
25,553  
967,913  
(39,942) 
2,739  
(1,762) 
928,947  

   Goodwill 

The Company has not historically recorded any impairment of goodwill. 

Intangible assets consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2022 

December 31, 2021 

Useful 
Life 
Range       Gross 

     Net 

     Gross 

     Net 

 (in 

    Carrying     Accumulated      Carrying     Carrying     Accumulated      Carrying   
   years)       Amount      Amortization     Amount       Amount      Amortization     Amount    

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets 
Customer relationships ............................   13.5 – 17     $  784,381    $ 
Trademarks and trade names ...................   2.7 – 4.2        11,846      
Wireless licenses .....................................    10 – 15        
1,418      
     $  797,645    $ 

Total finite-lived intangible assets.......   

225,445       558,936       857,100      
5,171       13,500      
1,418      
1,132      
232,406    $ 565,239    $  872,018    $ 

6,675      
286      

153,699       703,401  
9,648  
1,276  
157,693    $ 714,325  

3,852      
142      

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 
Franchise agreements ..............................   
Trademark and trade names ....................   
Total indefinite-lived intangible assets   

Total intangible assets, net ......................   

     $2,100,546      
800      
     $2,101,346      

     $2,666,585      

     $2,139,312  
7,500  
     $2,146,812  

     $2,861,137  

The $194.6 million decrease in the net carrying amount of intangible assets from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022 
included $59.7 million of customer relationships, $8.1 million of trademarks and trade names and $27.7 million of franchise 
agreements  divested  in  the  Clearwave  Fiber  transaction  on January  1, 2022 and  an  additional  $4.0 million  of customer 
relationships,  $0.2 million  of  trademarks  and  trade  names  and  $11.0 million  of  franchise  agreements  divested  in  other 
transactions during the second quarter of 2022. 

F-26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
         
        
        
         
        
  
  
    
        
         
        
        
         
        
  
    
        
         
        
        
         
        
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
  
    
        
         
        
        
         
        
  
       
       
       
  
  
  
 
 
Intangible  asset  amortization  expense  was  $83.9 million,  $74.6  million  and  $45.5  million  in  2022,  2021  and  2020, 
respectively. 

The future amortization of existing finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2022 was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2023 ...................................................................................................................................................................    $
2024 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2025 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2026 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2027 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ..........................................................................................................................................................      
Total ...............................................................................................................................................................    $

72,618  
65,828  
60,840  
55,326  
51,445  
259,183  
565,239  

   Amount 

Actual amortization expense in future periods may differ from the amounts above as a result of intangible asset acquisitions 
or divestitures, changes in useful life estimates, impairments or other relevant factors. 

9.  

LEASES 

As a lessee, the Company has operating leases for buildings, equipment, data centers, fiber optic networks and towers and 
finance leases for buildings and fiber optic networks. These leases have remaining lease terms ranging from less than 1 year 
to 17 years, with some including an option to extend the lease for up to 10 additional years and some including an option to 
terminate the lease within 1 year. 

As a lessor, the Company has operating leases for the use of its fiber optic networks, towers and customer premise equipment. 
These leases have remaining lease terms ranging from less than 1 year to 7 years, with some including a lessee option to 
extend the leases for up to 20 additional years and some including an option to terminate the lease within 1 year. 

Significant judgment is required when determining whether a fiber optic network access contract contains a lease, defining 
the duration of the lease term and selecting an appropriate discount rate, as discussed below: 

●  The Company concluded it was the lessee or lessor for fiber optic network access arrangements only when the asset 
is specifically identifiable and both substantially all the economic benefit is obtained by the lessee and the lessee’s 
right to direct the use of the asset exists. 

●  The Company’s lease terms are only for periods in which there are enforceable rights. For accounting purposes, a 
lease is no longer enforceable when both the lessee and the lessor each have the right to terminate the lease without 
requiring permission from the other party with no more than an insignificant penalty. The Company’s lease terms 
are impacted by options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise 
such options. 

●  Most of the Company’s leases do not contain an implicit interest rate. Therefore, the Company held discussions 
with  lenders,  evaluated  its  published  credit  rating  and  incorporated  interest  rates  on  currently  held  debt  in 
determining discount rates that reflect what the Company would pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over similar 
terms for its lease obligations. 

As of December 31, 2022, additional operating leases that have not yet commenced were not material. Additionally, lessor 
accounting disclosures were not material as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. 

F-27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Lessee Financial Information. The Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

ROU Assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net: 

Finance leases ......................................................................................................................   $ 

8,054    $

8,959  

Other noncurrent assets: 

Operating leases ...................................................................................................................   $ 

11,325    $

15,501  

Lease Liabilities 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities: 

Operating leases ...................................................................................................................   $ 

3,924    $

5,633  

Current portion of long-term debt: 

Finance leases ......................................................................................................................   $ 

923    $

851  

Long-term debt: 

Finance leases ......................................................................................................................   $ 

3,921    $

4,770  

Other noncurrent liabilities: 

Operating leases ...................................................................................................................   $ 

6,733    $

9,098  

Total: 

Finance leases ......................................................................................................................   $ 
Operating leases ...................................................................................................................   $ 

4,844    $
10,657    $

5,621  
14,731  

The components of the Company’s lease expense were as follows (in thousands): 

Finance lease expense: 

Amortization of right-of-use assets ..................................................   $
Interest on lease liabilities ................................................................     
Operating lease expense ......................................................................     
Short-term lease expense .....................................................................     
Variable lease expense ........................................................................     
Total lease expense ......................................................................   $

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

987    $
335      
5,318      
-      
4      
6,644    $

945    $ 
369      
6,362      
-      
-      
7,676    $ 

812  
382  
5,480  
113  
23  
6,810  

Amortization of ROU assets is included within depreciation and amortization expense; interest on lease liabilities is included 
within  interest  expense;  and  operating,  short-term  and  variable  lease  expense  is  included  within  operating  expenses  and 
selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

F-28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
Supplemental lessee financial information is as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Finance leases - financing cash flows ......................................................  $
Finance leases - operating cash flows ......................................................  $
Operating leases - operating cash flows ...................................................  $

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities: 

Finance leases ..........................................................................................  $
Operating leases(1) ....................................................................................  $

859  $ 
335  $ 
5,180  $ 

82  $ 
4,054  $ 

770  $
369  $
6,190  $

1,089  $
7,700  $

604 
382 
5,370 

127 
1,131 

(1)  The amount for 2021 includes $4.3 million of ROU assets acquired in the Hargray Acquisition. 

Weighted average remaining lease term: 

Finance leases (in years) ......................................................................................................     
Operating leases (in years) ...................................................................................................     

Weighted average discount rate: 

Finance leases ......................................................................................................................     
Operating leases ...................................................................................................................     

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

10.1        
3.8        

6.04 %    
3.59 %    

11.2  
4.2  

6.03%
4.75%

As of December 31, 2022, the future maturities of existing lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2023 .........................................................................................................................................    $ 
2024 .........................................................................................................................................      
2025 .........................................................................................................................................      
2026 .........................................................................................................................................      
2027 .........................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ................................................................................................................................      
Total .....................................................................................................................................      
Less: Present value discount ....................................................................................................      
Lease liability ...................................................................................................................    $ 

1,209     $ 
1,191       
1,068       
970       
928       
7,003       
12,369       
(7,525 )     
4,844     $ 

4,235  
2,646  
1,825  
1,262  
734  
698  
11,400  
(743) 
10,657  

   Finance 
   Leases 

     Operating    
     Leases 

F-29 

  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
     
      
      
 
     
      
      
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.  

DEBT 

The carrying amount of long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below) .............................................................................   $  2,273,904    $ 2,311,890  
650,000  
Senior Notes (as defined below)..............................................................................................     
920,000  
Convertible Notes (as defined below) .....................................................................................     
5,621  
Finance lease liabilities ...........................................................................................................     
Total debt .............................................................................................................................      3,848,748       3,887,511  
(20,602) 
(28,572) 
(38,837) 
Total long-term debt .........................................................................................................   $  3,752,591    $ 3,799,500  

Less: Unamortized debt discount ............................................................................................     
Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs ...................................................................................     
Less: Current portion of long-term debt ..................................................................................     

650,000      
920,000      
4,844      

(16,313)     
(23,913)     
(55,931)     

Senior Credit Facilities. The third amended and restated credit agreement among the Company and its lenders, dated as 
of October  30,  2020  (as  amended,  the  “Credit  Agreement”) provides  for  senior  secured  term  loans  in  original  aggregate 
principal amounts of $700.0 million maturing in 2025 (the “Term Loan A-2”), $250.0 million maturing in 2027 (the “Term 
Loan B-2”), $625.0 million maturing in 2027 (the “Term Loan B-3”) and $800.0 million maturing in 2028 (the “Term Loan 
B-4”) as well as a $500.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in 2025 (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together 
with the Term Loan A-2, the Term Loan B-2, the Term Loan B-3 and the Term Loan B-4, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). 
Refer to note 19 for more information regarding the Senior Credit Facilities. 

The interest margins applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities are, at the Company’s option, equal to either LIBOR or a base 
rate, plus an applicable margin equal to, (i) with respect to the Term Loan A-2 and the Revolving Credit Facility, 1.25% to 
1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.25% to 0.75% for base rate loans, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing 
grid based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and (ii) with respect to the Term 
Loan B-2, the Term Loan B-3 and the Term Loan B-4, 2.0% for LIBOR loans and 1.0% for base rate loans. 

The Senior Credit Facilities are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) and are secured, 
subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company may, subject 
to certain specified terms and provisions, obtain additional credit facilities of up to $700.0 million under the Credit Agreement 
plus an unlimited amount so long as, on a pro forma basis, the Company’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 
Credit Agreement) is no greater than 3.0 to 1.0. 

The  Credit  Agreement  contains  customary  representations,  warranties  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including 
limitations  on  indebtedness,  liens,  restricted  payments,  prepayments  of  certain  indebtedness,  investments,  dispositions  of 
assets, restrictions on subsidiary distributions and negative pledge clauses, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates 
and amendments to organizational documents. The Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain specified ratios 
of  total  net  indebtedness  and  first  lien  net  indebtedness  to  consolidated  operating  cash  flow.  The  Credit  Agreement  also 
contains customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts, material inaccuracy 
of any representation or warranty, failure to observe or perform any covenant, default in respect of other material debt of the 
Company and of its restricted subsidiaries, bankruptcy or insolvency, the entry against the Company or any of its restricted 
subsidiaries of a material judgment, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, impairment of the loan documentation and the 
occurrence of a change of control. 

The Revolving Credit Facility gives the Company the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the amount available for 
borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Company is required to pay commitment fees on any unused portion of 
the Revolving Credit Facility at a rate between 0.20% per annum and 0.30% per annum, determined on a quarterly basis by 
reference to a pricing grid based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio. No letters of credit were issued under the 
Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2022. 

F-30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
As of December 31, 2022, the Company had $2.3 billion of aggregate outstanding term loan borrowings and $500.0 million 
available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. A summary of the Company’s outstanding term loans under the 
Senior Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2022 is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

   Final 

   Balance 

   Original 
   Principal    Per Annum(1)    Principal 

  Amortization   Outstanding    Maturity     Due Upon    Benchmark   Applicable     Interest   

   Date 

   Maturity    

Rate 

   Margin(2)       Rate 

700,000   Varies(4) 

  $ 

638,313  10/30/2025   $ 

476,607   LIBOR 

     1.75% 

       6.13%   

   Draw 
Instrument    Date(s) 
Term Loan 
A-2 ............    5/8/2019(3)    $ 
   10/1/2019(3)      

Term Loan 
B-2 ............     1/7/2019 
Term Loan 
B-3 ............    6/14/2019(5)     
  10/30/2020(5)     

250,000   

1.0% 

240,625   10/30/2027     

228,750    LIBOR 

     2.00% 

       6.38%   

625,000  

1.0% 

606,966  10/30/2027     

577,472   LIBOR 

     2.00% 

       6.38%   

Term Loan 
B-4 ............    5/3/2021 
Total ...........      

800,000  
  $  2,375,000     

1.0% 

788,000   5/3/2028      

746,000   LIBOR 

     2.00% 

       6.38%   

  $  2,273,904     

  $  2,028,829     

(1)  Payable  in  equal  quarterly  installments  (expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  original  principal  amount  and  subject  to  customary 
adjustments in the event of any prepayment). All loans may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium (subject to customary 
LIBOR breakage provisions). 

(2)  The Term Loan A-2 interest rate spread can vary between 1.25% and 1.75%, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing 

grid based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio. All other applicable margins are fixed. 

(3)  On May 8, 2019, $250.0 million was drawn. On October 1, 2019, an additional $450.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, the 

amortization schedule was reset. 

(4)  Per annum amortization rates for years one through five following the October 30, 2020 refinancing date are 2.5%, 2.5%, 5.0%, 7.5% 

and 12.5%, respectively. 

(5)  On June 14, 2019, $325.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, an additional $300.0 million was drawn. 

Notes. 

Senior Notes 

In November  2020, the  Company  issued  $650.0 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of 4.00%  senior  notes  due 2030 (the 
“Senior  Notes”).  The  Senior  Notes  bear  interest  at  a  rate  of 4.00% per  annum  payable  semi-annually  in  arrears 
on May 15th and November 15th of each year, beginning on May 15, 2021. The terms of the Senior Notes are governed by 
an indenture dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), among the Company, the guarantors party thereto 
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (“BNY”), as trustee. 

At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2025, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes 
for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus the “make-whole” premium described in the 
Senior Notes Indenture and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. Beginning 
on November 15, 2025, the Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time and from time to time at the 
applicable redemption prices listed in the Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, 
the  applicable  redemption  date.  In  addition,  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  prior  to November  15,  2023, the 
Company may redeem  up  to 40%  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Senior  Notes  with  funds  in  an  aggregate 
amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds from one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104% of the 
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event (each as defined in the Senior 
Notes Indenture), the Company is required to offer to repurchase the Senior Notes at 101% of the principal amount of such 
Senior Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. 

F-31 

  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
   
  
    
   
  
    
   
  
    
       
   
    
    
    
        
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Convertible Notes 

In March  2021, the  Company  issued  $575.0 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of 0.000%  convertible  senior  notes 
due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”)  and  $345.0 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of 1.125%  convertible  senior  notes 
due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”  and,  together  with  the 2026 Notes,  the  “Convertible  Notes,”  and  the  Convertible  Notes 
collectively with the Senior Notes, the “Notes”). The terms of the 2026 Notes and the 2028 Notes are each governed by a 
separate indenture dated as of March 5, 2021 (collectively, the “Convertible Notes Indentures” and together with the Senior 
Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”), in each case, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and BNY, as trustee. 

The 2026 Notes do not bear regular interest, and the principal amount of the 2026 Notes does not accrete. The 2028 Notes 
bear  interest  at  a  rate  of 1.125%  per  annum.  Interest  on  the 2028 Notes  is  payable  semiannually  in  arrears 
on March 15th and September 15th of each year, beginning on September 15, 2021, unless earlier repurchased, converted or 
redeemed. The 2026 Notes are scheduled to mature on March 15, 2026, and the 2028 Notes are scheduled to mature on March 
15,  2028. The  initial  conversion  rate  for  each  of  the 2026 Notes  and  the 2028 Notes  is 0.4394 shares  of  the  Company’s 
common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2026 Notes and 2028 Notes, as applicable (equivalent to an initial conversion 
price of $2,275.83 per share of common stock). 

The  Convertible  Notes  are  convertible  at  the  option  of  the  holders.  The  method  of  conversion  into  cash,  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock or a combination thereof is at the election of the Company. Prior to the close of business on the 
business day immediately preceding December 15, 2025, the 2026 Notes will be convertible at the option of the holders only 
upon the satisfaction of specified conditions and during certain periods. On or after December 15, 2025, holders may convert 
their 2026 Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the 
relevant  maturity  date.  Prior  to  the  close  of  business  on  the  business  day  immediately  preceding December  15, 
2027, the 2028 Notes will be convertible at the option of the holders only upon the satisfaction of specified conditions and 
during certain periods. On or after December 15, 2027, holders may convert their 2028 Notes at any time prior to the close 
of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the relevant maturity date. If the Company undergoes 
a  “Fundamental  Change”  (as  defined  in  the  applicable  Convertible  Notes  Indenture),  holders  of  the  applicable  series  of 
Convertible Notes may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or part of their Convertible Notes of such series at a 
purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes of such series to be repurchased, plus accrued 
and unpaid interest to, but not including, the fundamental change repurchase date. 

The Company may not redeem the 2026 Notes prior to March 20, 2024 and it may not redeem the 2028 Notes prior to March 
20, 2025. No “sinking fund” is provided for the Convertible Notes. On or after March 20, 2024 and prior to December 15, 
2025, the  Company may redeem  for  cash  all  or  any  portion  of  the 2026 Notes,  at  its  option,  and  on  or  after March  20, 
2025 and prior to December 15, 2027, the Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2028 Notes, at its option, 
in each case, if the last reported sale price per share of common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price for such 
series of Convertible Notes then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day 
immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption, during any 30 consecutive trading day 
period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of 
redemption  at  a  redemption  price  equal  to 100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  Convertible  Notes  of  such  series  to  be 
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date. 

In addition, following a “make-whole fundamental change” (as defined in the applicable Convertible Notes Indenture) or if 
the Company delivers a notice of redemption in respect of any Convertible Notes of a series, in certain circumstances, the 
conversion rate applicable to such series of Convertible Notes will be increased for a holder who elects to convert any of such 
Convertible Notes  in  connection with  such  a  make-whole  fundamental change or  convert  any  of  such  Convertible  Notes 
called (or deemed called) for redemption during the related redemption period, as the case may be. 

The carrying amounts of the Convertible Notes consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2022 
   2026 Notes      2028 Notes      Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2021 
     2026 Notes      2028 Notes      Total 

Gross carrying amount ..................   $
Less: Unamortized discount ..........     
Less: Unamortized debt issuance 

costs ...........................................     
Net carrying amount ......................   $

575,000    $
(9,610)     

345,000    $  920,000    $
(16,313)     

(6,703)     

575,000    $
(12,611)     

345,000    $  920,000  
(20,602) 

(7,991)     

(262)     
565,128    $

(189)     

(451)     
338,108    $  903,236    $

(344)     
562,045    $

(226)     

(570) 
336,783    $  898,828  

F-32 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Interest expense on the Convertible Notes consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2022 

Year Ended December 31, 2021 

  2026 Notes      2028 Notes       Total 

    2026 Notes      2028 Notes       Total 

Contractual interest expense .........   $
Amortization of discount ..............     
Amortization of debt issuance 

costs ..........................................     
Total interest expense ...................   $

-     $
3,001       

3,881     $
1,288       

3,881    $
4,289      

-     $
2,483       

3,202     $
1,065       

82       
3,083     $

36       
5,205     $

118      
8,288    $

68       
2,551     $

30       
4,297     $

3,202  
3,548  

98  
6,848  

Effective interest rate ...................     

0.5%    

1.5%    

0.4%    

1.2%    

General 

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly owned domestic 
subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities or that guarantee certain capital market debt of the Company in an 
aggregate principal amount in excess of $250.0 million. 

Each Indenture contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, limit (i) the Company’s ability 
to consolidate or merge with or into another person or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the 
Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) and (ii) the ability of the guarantors to consolidate with or merge with or 
into  another  person.  The  Senior  Notes  Indenture  also  contains  a  covenant  that,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  limits  the 
Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to incur any liens securing indebtedness for borrowed money. 

Each Indenture provides for customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure 
periods), among others, default in payment of principal or interest, breach of other agreements or covenants in respect of the 
relevant Notes by the Company or any guarantors, failure to pay certain other indebtedness at final maturity, acceleration of 
certain  indebtedness  prior  to  final  maturity,  failure  to  pay  certain  final  judgments,  failure  of  certain  guarantees  to  be 
enforceable  and  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  reorganization;  and,  in  the  case  of  each  Convertible  Notes 
Indenture, failure to comply with the Company’s obligation to convert the relevant Convertible Notes under the applicable 
Convertible Notes Indenture and failure to give a fundamental change notice or a notice of a make-whole fundamental change 
under the applicable Convertible Notes Indenture. 

Other. In connection with various financing transactions completed during 2021 and 2020 the Company capitalized $13.7 
million and $15.1 million of debt issuance costs and wrote-off to other expense $2.1 million and $6.2 million of existing 
unamortized debt issuance costs, respectively. The Company recorded debt issuance cost amortization of $5.3 million, $5.6 
million and $4.3 million during 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, within interest expense in the consolidated statements of 
operations and comprehensive income. 

Unamortized debt issuance costs consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Revolving Credit Facility portion: 

Other noncurrent assets ........................................................................................................   $ 

1,904    $

2,576  

Term loans and Notes portion: 

Long-term debt (contra account) .........................................................................................     
Total .................................................................................................................................   $ 

23,913      
25,817    $

28,572  
31,148  

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

F-33 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
       
        
        
   
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
 
 
The future maturities of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2022 were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
55,008  
2023 ...................................................................................................................................................................    $
76,285  
2024 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
557,147  
2025 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
591,709  
2026 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
2027 ...................................................................................................................................................................      
820,754  
Thereafter ..........................................................................................................................................................       1,743,001  
Total ...............................................................................................................................................................    $ 3,843,904  

   Amount 

On May  3,  2022, the  Company  entered  into  a  letter  of  credit  agreement  with  MUFG  Bank,  Ltd.  which  provides  for  an 
additional $75.0 million letter of credit issuing capacity. As of December 31, 2022, $32.4 million of letter of credit issuances 
were  held  for  the  benefit  of  performance  obligations  under  government  grant  programs  and  certain  general  and  liability 
insurance matters and bore interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum. Of these letters of credit, $22.0 million were issued on 
behalf of Wisper to guarantee its performance obligations under a Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) broadband 
funding program. The fair value of the Wisper letters of credit approximates face value based on the short-term nature of the 
agreements. The Company would be liable for up to the total amount outstanding under the Wisper letters of credit if Wisper 
were  to  fail  to  satisfy  all  or  some  of  its  performance  obligations  under  the  FCC  program.  Wisper  has  guaranteed  and 
indemnified the Company in connection with such letters of credit. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has assessed the 
likelihood  of  Wisper's  non-performance  associated  with  the  guarantee  to  be  remote,  and  therefore,  no  liability  has  been 
accrued within the consolidated balance sheet.  

In March 2021, the Company terminated $900.0 million of definitive bridge loan commitments that were originally received 
to finance a portion of the Hargray Acquisition purchase price. 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2022. 

11.  

INCOME TAXES 

The income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2022 
U.S. federal ................................................................................................................  $
State and local ...........................................................................................................    
Total .......................................................................................................................  $

45,982   $ 
12,994     
58,976   $ 

35,086   $
32,270     
67,356   $

81,068  
45,264  
126,332  

  Current      Deferred      Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2021 
U.S. federal ................................................................................................................  $
State and local ...........................................................................................................    
Total .......................................................................................................................  $

11,010   $ 
5,296     
16,306   $ 

36,514   $
(7,055)    
29,459   $

47,524  
(1,759) 
45,765  

Year Ended December 31, 2020 
U.S. federal ................................................................................................................  $
State and local ...........................................................................................................    
Total .......................................................................................................................  $

(14,633)  $ 
3,764     
(10,869)  $ 

74,164   $
13,022     
87,186   $

59,531  
16,786  
76,317  

F-34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
       
       
  
     
       
       
  
  
  
 
 
The income tax provision is different than the amount of income tax calculated by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate of 
21.0% to income before income taxes as a result of the following items (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

U.S. federal taxes at statutory rate ...................................................................   $
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal tax ...................................................     
CARES Act benefit (as defined and described below) ....................................     
Reversal of deferred tax liability on minority interest .....................................     
Investment in Clearwave Fiber ........................................................................     
State rate change ..............................................................................................     
Equity-based compensation .............................................................................     
Valuation allowance ........................................................................................     
Section 162(m) limitation ................................................................................     
Other items ......................................................................................................     
Income tax provision .......................................................................................   $

78,826    $ 
10,813      
-      
-      
5,829      
22,920      
(943)     
9,678      
2,480      
(3,271)     
126,332    $ 

70,902    $
(1,389)     
-      
(29,138)     
-      
-      
(5,651)     
10,111      
2,205      
(1,275)     
45,765    $

79,660  
13,261  
(13,039) 
-  
-  
-  
(10,993) 
4,322  
1,564  
1,542  
76,317  

The net deferred income tax liability consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Other benefit obligations .........................................................................................................   $ 
Equity-based compensation .....................................................................................................     
Net operating losses ................................................................................................................     
Accrued bonus .........................................................................................................................     
Reserves ..................................................................................................................................     
Lease liabilities ........................................................................................................................     
Capitalized research and development expenditures ...............................................................     
State tax credit .........................................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap .....................................................................................................................     
Unrealized capital losses .........................................................................................................     
Other items ..............................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets, gross .....................................................................................................     
Less: Valuation allowance .......................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets, net ........................................................................................................     

Property, plant and equipment .................................................................................................     
Goodwill and other intangible assets .......................................................................................     
Investments in subsidiaries and partnerships ...........................................................................     
ROU assets ..............................................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses .....................................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap .....................................................................................................................     
Other items ..............................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities .........................................................................................................     

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

2,659    $
6,565      
5,666      
3,909      
2,478      
2,620      
2,665      
3,353      
-      
26,212      
2,961      
59,088      
(26,212)     
32,876      

301,975      
549,605      
122,650      
4,405      
4,828      
15,948      
286      
999,697      

2,991  
4,725  
4,062  
4,941  
2,152  
3,624  
-  
5,347  
26,416  
16,544  
3,887  
74,689  
(16,544) 
58,145  

335,429  
553,691  
12,230  
5,638  
4,874  
-  
439  
912,301  

Net deferred income tax liability ......................................................................................   $ 

966,821    $

854,156  

F-35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
 
 
In March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act") was enacted in response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permitted net operating loss ("NOL") carrybacks to offset up to 
100% of taxable income for tax years beginning before 2021 and allowed NOLs incurred in 2021, 2020 and 2019 to be carried 
back five years each to generate refunds of previously paid income taxes. As a result, in 2020, the Company carried back its 
2019 federal NOL and recognized a $13.0 million income tax benefit, as a portion of the NOL was carried back to years that 
had a higher enacted income tax rate. 

In October 2020, the Company acquired an approximately 15% equity interest in Hargray, a partnership, and recognized a 
deferred tax liability as a result of a difference between GAAP and tax records on the partnership’s outside basis. After the 
Hargray  Acquisition  in  May  of  2021,  the  Company  filed  an  election  to  treat  Hargray,  now  wholly  owned,  as  a 
corporation. Since the Company expects to recover its outside basis in Hargray through tax-free means the Company reversed 
its initial deferred tax liability, generating federal and state deferred income tax benefits of $29.1 million and $6.0 million, 
respectively, in 2021. 

In January 2022, the Company contributed certain component 2 goodwill to Clearwave Fiber, which is goodwill acquired in 
a prior transaction that did not receive a tax basis and for which ASC 740 precluded the recording of a deferred tax liability 
at the time. As the Company records deferred taxes on partnerships based on the outside basis difference between GAAP and 
tax records, and not based on the underlying assets contributed, the Company recognized $5.8 million in deferred income tax 
expense upon the establishment of the corresponding deferred tax liability. 

In 2022, the acquired Hargray operations were deemed unitary with the rest of the Company for state income tax purposes, 
requiring the filing of combined state income tax returns in certain states. As a result, the Company revalued its net deferred 
tax liability to reflect the new state income tax rates at which the liability is expected to reverse, recognizing $22.9 million in 
deferred income tax expense. 

The Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that it will realize all of its gross deferred tax assets, except for 
those that relate to unrealized capital losses associated with the MBI Net Option that may expire prior to the generation of 
offsetting capital gains. Valuation allowances have been recorded against such deferred tax assets. 

The Company had $3.4 million of state tax credits and $5.7 million of tax-effected state NOL carryforwards at December 31, 
2022, which have expiration dates at various points between 2023 and 2041. 

The Company files corporate income tax returns with the federal government and with states where it conducts business. The 
Company’s  federal  income  tax  returns  are  subject  to  examination  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  with  tax  years  2015, 
2016 and 2019 onward still subject to review. The 2015 and 2016 tax years are only subject to the examination of NOLs 
carried back from 2019 as a result of the CARES Act. The Company’s state tax returns are subject to examination by local 
tax  authorities  for  tax  years  2018  onward,  but  NOL  and  credit  carryforwards  arising  prior  to  then  are  also  subject  to 
adjustment. 

12.  

INTEREST RATE SWAPS 

The Company is party to two interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges, to manage the risk of fluctuations 
in interest rates on its variable rate LIBOR debt. Changes in the fair values of the interest rate swaps are reported through 
other  comprehensive  income  until  the  underlying  hedged  debt’s  interest  expense  impacts  net  income,  at  which  point  the 
corresponding change in fair value is reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense. 

F-36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
A summary of the significant terms of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

   Entry     Effective   Maturity    Notional 
   Date(1)     Amount 
   Date 

   Date 

Settlement Type 

Fixed 

  Settlement  
  Frequency   Base Rate    
   Monthly       2.653% 

Swap A ..............    3/7/2019   3/11/2019   3/11/2029   $

850,000  Receive one-month LIBOR, 

Swap B ..............    3/6/2019   6/15/2020   2/28/2029     

350,000  Receive one-month LIBOR, 

   Monthly       2.739% 

Total ...............     

pay fixed 

  $ 1,200,000    

pay fixed 

(1)  Each swap may be terminated prior to the scheduled maturity at the election of the Company or the financial institution counterparty

under the terms provided in each swap agreement. 

The combined fair values of the Company’s interest rate swaps are reflected within the consolidated balance sheets as follows 
(in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2021 
2022 

Assets: 

Current portion: 

Prepaid and other current assets .......................................................................................   $ 

25,794    $

Noncurrent portion: 

Other noncurrent assets ....................................................................................................   $ 

40,289    $

-  

-  

Liabilities: 

Current portion: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .........................................................................   $ 

-    $

26,662  

Noncurrent portion: 

Interest rate swap liability ................................................................................................     

-      

81,627  

Net Asset (Liability) ................................................................................................................   $ 

66,083    $

(108,289) 

Stockholders’ Equity: 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ...................................................................   $ 

50,221    $

(81,873) 

The combined effect of the Company’s interest rate swaps on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive 
income was as follows (in thousands): 

Interest expense .......................................................................................................................   $ 

11,946    $

31,311  

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, gross ............................................................................   $ 
Less: Tax effect .......................................................................................................................     
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax .....................................................................   $ 

174,371    $
(42,277)     
132,094    $

77,716  
(19,499) 
58,217  

The Company does not hold any derivative instruments for speculative trading purposes. 

   Year Ended December 31,    

2022 

2021 

F-37 

  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
13.  

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Financial Assets and Liabilities. The Company has estimated the fair values of its financial instruments as of December 31, 
2022 using available market information or other appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required in 
interpreting  market  data  to  develop  the  estimates  of  fair  value.  Accordingly,  the  following  fair  value  estimates  are  not 
necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company would realize in an actual market exchange. 

The carrying amounts, fair values and related fair value hierarchy levels of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities as 
of December 31, 2022 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2022 

   Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

   Fair Value 
   Hierarchy 

Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents: 

Money market investments ................................................................    $ 
Commercial paper ..............................................................................    $ 

102,202    $
60,149    $

102,202   
59,902   

Level 1 
Level 2 

Other noncurrent assets (including current portion): 

Interest rate swap asset .......................................................................    $ 

66,083    $

66,083   

Level 2 

Liabilities: 

Long-term debt (including current portion): 

Term loans ..........................................................................................    $ 
Senior Notes .......................................................................................    $ 
Convertible Notes ...............................................................................    $ 

2,273,904    $
650,000    $
920,000    $

2,227,529   
512,655   
710,240   

Level 2 
Level 2 
Level 2 

Other noncurrent liabilities: 

MBI Net Option .................................................................................    $ 

164,350    $

164,350   

Level 3 

Money market investments are held primarily in U.S. Treasury securities and registered money market funds and are valued 
using  a  market  approach  based  on  quoted  market  prices  (level  1).  Commercial  paper  is  primarily  held  with  high-quality 
companies and is valued using quoted market prices for investments similar to the commercial paper (level 2). Money market 
investments  and  commercial  paper  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  are  included  within  cash  and  cash 
equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. Interest rate swaps are measured at fair value within the consolidated balance 
sheets on a recurring basis, with fair value determined using standard valuation models with assumptions about interest rates 
being based on those observed in underlying markets (level 2). The fair value of the term loans, Senior Notes and Convertible 
Notes are estimated based on market prices for similar instruments in active markets (level 2). The fair value of the MBI Net 
Option is measured using Monte Carlo simulations that use inputs considered unobservable and significant to the fair value 
measurement (level 3). 

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the MBI Net Option consisted of the following: 

Equity volatility ...........................................................................     
EBITDA volatility .......................................................................     
EBITDA risk-adjusted discount rate ...........................................     
Cost of debt .................................................................................     

   December 31, 2022 
  Cable One       MBI 
34.0%    
10.0%    
7.5%    
7.5%    

31.0 %    
10.0 %    
8.5 %    

      December 31, 2021 
     Cable One       MBI 

30.0 %    
10.0 %    
5.0 %    
4.0 %    

30.0%
10.0%
6.5%

The  Company  regularly  evaluates  each  of  the  assumptions  used  in  establishing  the  fair  value  of  the  MBI  Net  Option. 
Significant changes in any of these assumptions could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. A 
change in one of these assumptions is not necessarily accompanied by a change in another assumption. Refer to note 6 for 
further information on the MBI Net Option. 

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable and other financial assets and liabilities approximate fair 
value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. 

F-38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
  
      
        
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
   
  
  
   
 
 
Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s nonfinancial assets, such as property, plant and equipment, intangible 
assets and goodwill, are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Assets acquired, including identifiable intangible 
assets  and goodwill,  and  liabilities  assumed  in  acquisitions  are  recorded  at  fair  value on  the  respective  acquisition dates, 
subject to potential future measurement period adjustments. Nonfinancial assets are subject to fair value adjustments when 
there is evidence that impairment may exist. No material impairments were recorded during any of the periods presented. 

14.  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Equity Offering. In May 2020, the Company completed a public offering of 287,500 shares of its common stock for total 
net proceeds of $469.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. The Company used a portion 
of the net proceeds to repay in full its then-outstanding borrowings of $100.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility and 
used the remainder for general corporate purposes, including for acquisitions and strategic investments. 

Treasury Stock. Treasury stock is recorded at cost and is presented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated 
financial statements. Treasury shares of 409,388 held at December 31, 2022 include shares repurchased under the Company’s 
share repurchase programs and shares withheld for withholding tax, as described below. 

Share Repurchase Programs. On July 1, 2015, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) authorized up to $250.0 
million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common stock) (the "2015 Program"). On May 20, 
2022, the Company's Board authorized up to $450.0 million of additional share repurchases (with no cap as to the number of 
shares of common stock) (the "2022 Program" and, together with the 2015 Program, the "Share Repurchase Programs"). The 
Company exhausted the share repurchase authorization under the 2015 Program during the second quarter of 2022 and had 
$241.8 million of remaining share repurchase authorization under the 2022 Program as of December 31, 2022. Additional 
purchases under the 2022 Program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. 
The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including share price and business and market 
conditions. Since the inception of the Share Repurchase Programs through December 31, 2022, the Company has repurchased 
504,693 shares  of  its  common  stock  at  an  aggregate  cost  of  $458.2 million,  including  294,062  shares  purchased  at  an 
aggregate cost of $353.3 million during 2022. 

Tax Withholding for Equity Awards. At the employee’s option, shares of common stock are withheld by the Company 
upon  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock  and  exercise  of  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”)  to  cover  the  applicable  statutory 
minimum  amount  of  employee  withholding  taxes,  which  the  Company  then  pays  to  the  taxing  authorities  in  cash.  The 
amounts  remitted during 2022, 2021  and 2020 were $5.0 million,  $8.5 million  and  $6.0 million,  for which  the  Company 
withheld 3,042, 3,911 and 3,861 shares of common stock, respectively. 

15.  

EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION 

At the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders held on May 20, 2022, the Company’s stockholders approved the 
Cable One, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2022 Plan”), which had been previously approved, subject 
to stockholder approval, by the Board on March 28, 2022. The 2022 Plan superseded and replaced the then existing Amended 
and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2015 Plan” and, together with the 2022 Plan, 
the "Incentive Compensation Plans"), provided, however, that any awards previously granted under the 2015 Plan will remain 
in  effect  pursuant  to  their  respective  terms. No further  awards  will  be  granted  under  the 2015 Plan. The  Incentive 
Compensation Plans are designed to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing the employees 
and directors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company and 
with a proprietary interest in pursuing the long-term growth, profitability and financial success of the Company. Any of the 
directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company are eligible to be granted one or more of the following types 
of awards under the Incentive Compensation Plans: (1) incentive stock options, (2) non-qualified stock options, (3) restricted 
stock  awards,  (4)  SARs,  (5)  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  (6)  cash-based  awards,  (7)  performance-based  awards,  (8) 
dividend equivalent units ("DEUs" and, together with restricted stock awards and RSUs, "Restricted Stock") and (9) other 
stock-based awards, including performance stock units and deferred stock units. At December 31, 2022, 471,536 shares were 
available for issuance under the 2022 Plan. 

F-39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Compensation expense associated with equity-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, with forfeitures recognized as incurred. The Company’s equity-
based compensation expense, included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of 
operations and comprehensive income, was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Restricted Stock ..............................................................................................   $
SARs ..............................................................................................................     
Total ............................................................................................................   $

19,987    $
2,527      
22,514    $

17,014    $ 
3,040      
20,054    $ 

11,476  
3,116  
14,592  

The Company recognized excess tax benefits of $0.5 million, $6.7 million and $11.1 million related to equity-based awards 
during  2022,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  all  outstanding  equity-based  awards  was 
$6.6 million and $4.7 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Restricted  Stock.  The  Company  has  granted  restricted  shares  of  Company  common  stock  subject  to  performance-based 
and/or service-based vesting conditions to certain employees of the Company. Restricted share awards generally cliff-vest on 
the three-year anniversary of the grant date or in three or four equal ratable installments beginning on the first anniversary of 
the grant date (generally subject to the holder’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting 
date), although certain individual awards have been granted with shorter vesting periods from time to time. Performance-
based restricted shares are or were subject to performance metrics related primarily to year-over-year growth in Adjusted 
EBITDA and annual adjusted capital expenditures as a percentage of total revenues or Adjusted EBITDA. Restricted shares 
are  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Incentive  Compensation  Plans  and  are  otherwise  subject  to  the  terms  and 
conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

The Company’s non-employee directors are entitled to an annual cash retainer of $90,000, plus an additional annual cash 
retainer for each committee chair or the lead independent director, and approximately $155,000 in RSUs. Such RSUs will 
generally  be  granted  on  the  date  of  the  Company’s  annual  stockholders’  meeting  and  will  vest  on  the  earlier  of  the  first 
anniversary of the grant date or the annual stockholders’ meeting date immediately following the grant date, subject to the 
director’s  continued  service  through  such  vesting  date. Settlement  of  such  RSUs  will  be  in  the  form  of  one  share  of  the 
Company’s common stock and will follow vesting, unless the director has previously elected to defer all or a portion of such 
settlement until his or her separation from service from the Board or a specified date. Non-employee directors may elect to 
defer their annual retainer and receive RSUs in lieu of annual cash fees. Any dividends associated with RSUs granted prior 
to the 2017 annual grant of RSUs are converted into DEUs, which will be delivered at the time of settlement of the associated 
RSUs. 

F-40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
A summary of Restricted Stock activity is as follows: 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019 ....................................................................................      
Granted ....................................................................................................................................      
Forfeited ..................................................................................................................................      
Vested and issued ....................................................................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020 ....................................................................................      
Granted ....................................................................................................................................      
Forfeited ..................................................................................................................................      
Vested and issued ....................................................................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021 ....................................................................................      
Granted ....................................................................................................................................      
Forfeited ..................................................................................................................................      
Vested and issued ....................................................................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 ....................................................................................      

Stock 

     Weighted    
     Average 
     Grant Date   
   Restricted       Fair Value    
     Per Share    
728.77  
1,573.50  
752.39  
682.84  
1,037.83  
2,144.03  
1,414.01  
872.38  
1,487.02  
1,678.06  
1,874.06  
1,206.02  
1,611.99  

38,873     $ 
12,352     $ 
(5,491 )   $ 
(10,790 )   $ 
34,944     $ 
12,525     $ 
(1,468 )   $ 
(11,975 )   $ 
34,026     $ 
19,109     $ 
(2,008 )   $ 
(8,660 )   $ 
42,467     $ 

Vested and deferred as of December 31, 2022 ........................................................................      

6,936     $ 

888.94  

At December 31, 2022, there was $25.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to Restricted Stock, which is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years. 

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Company has granted SARs to certain executives and other employees of the Company. 
The SARs are generally scheduled to vest in four equal ratable installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant 
date (generally subject to the holder’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date). The 
SARs are subject to the terms and conditions of the Incentive Compensation Plans and will otherwise be subject to the terms 
and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

F-41 

  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
7.3  
9.5  
-  

7.1  
-  
-  

6.1  

5.6  

A summary of SAR activity is as follows: 

     Weighted        

     Weighted    
     Average 

Stock 

     Weighted       Average       Aggregate      Remaining   
     Average      Grant Date      Intrinsic      Contractual  

  Appreciation      Exercise      
   Rights 

Price 

Fair 
     Value 

     Value (in       Term 
    thousands)      (in years)    
7.5  
9.5  
-  

73,419      
-      
39,099      

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019 .................      
Granted .................................................................      
Exercised ..............................................................      
Forfeited ...............................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020 .................      
Granted .................................................................      
Exercised ..............................................................      
Forfeited ...............................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021 .................      
Granted .................................................................      
Exercised ..............................................................      
Forfeited ...............................................................      
Expired .................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 .................      

90,410    $ 
676.41    $ 
8,000    $  1,701.74    $ 
553.69    $ 
(33,154)   $ 
846.81    $ 
(6,891)   $ 
58,365    $ 
866.54    $ 
5,500    $  1,970.24    $ 
658.98    $ 
(16,524)   $ 
(1,601)   $ 
834.92    $ 
45,740    $  1,075.34    $ 
-    $ 
-    $ 
707.16    $ 
(2,500)   $ 
(1,750)   $  1,492.73    $ 
(375)   $  1,851.23    $ 
41,115    $  1,072.88    $ 

153.90    $ 
423.92    $ 
120.91    $ 
199.27      
204.29    $ 
530.05    $ 
148.76    $ 
201.50      
263.62    $ 
-    $ 
164.67    $ 
375.76      
469.52      
262.99    $ 

79,446      
-      
21,298      

32,897      
-      
1,504      

591      

Exercisable as of December 31, 2022 ..................      

29,490    $ 

901.83    $ 

215.97    $ 

591      

The grant date fair value of the Company’s SARs is measured using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The weighted average 
inputs used in the model for grants awarded during 2021 and 2020 were as follows (no SARs were granted during 2022): 

Expected volatility ...........................................................................................................     
Risk-free interest rate ......................................................................................................     
Expected term (in years) ..................................................................................................     
Expected dividend yield ..................................................................................................     

2021 

2020 

27.44 %    
0.96 %    
6.25        
0.53 %    

26.61%
0.43%
6.25  
0.56%

The Black-Scholes model used to estimate the grant date fair value of the Company’s SARs requires the input of highly 
subjective assumptions. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If 
factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s equity-based compensation expense could be materially 
different for future SAR grants. The assumptions for SAR grants are determined as follows: 

●  Fair Value of Common Stock — Valued by reference to the closing price of the Company’s publicly traded common

stock on the date of grant. 

●  Expected Volatility — The Company estimated the expected future stock price volatility for its common stock by
using its historical volatility based on daily price observations for the most recent historical period equal to the length
of the instrument's expected term (discussed below). 

●  Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities

with maturities similar to the expected term of the SARs being valued. 

F-42 

  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
   
       
   
       
   
       
   
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the Company’s SARs are expected to be outstanding.
The expected term of the Company’s SARs is based on the “simplified method” which defines the expected term as
the average of the contractual term and the weighted-average vesting period for all tranches. 

●  Expected Dividend Yield — The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the future and, as such,
the  expected  dividend  yield  was  calculated  as  the  Company’s  current  annual  dividend  divided  by  the  Company’s
closing stock price on the grant date. 

At December 31, 2022, there was $3.0 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to SARs, which is expected to 
be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.8 years. 

16.  

OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE 

Other income (expense) consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

Gain on Hargray step acquisition .......................................................   $ 
MBI Net Option fair value adjustment ...............................................     
Mark-to-market adjustments ..............................................................     
Write-off of debt issuance costs .........................................................     
Financing-related fees ........................................................................     
Interest and investment income ..........................................................     
Other ...................................................................................................     
Other income (expense), net ...........................................................   $ 

-    $
(40,730)     
330      
-      
-      
13,670      
817      
(25,913)   $

33,406     $
(50,310 )     
2,283       
(2,131 )     
(198 )     
11,580       
(632 )     
(6,002 )   $

-  
(17,510) 
-  
(6,181) 
(1,237) 
8,517  
-  
(16,411) 

F-43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
17.  

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during the period. The denominator used in calculating diluted net income per common share further includes 
any common shares available to be issued upon vesting or exercise of outstanding equity-based compensation awards if such 
inclusion would be dilutive, calculated using the treasury stock method, and any common shares to be issued upon conversion 
of the Convertible Notes, calculated using the if-converted method. 

The computation of basic and diluted net income per common share was as follows (dollars in thousands, except per share 
amounts): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Numerator: 
Net income - basic ..........................................................................................   $
Add: Convertible Notes interest expense, net of tax ......................................     
Net income - diluted .......................................................................................   $

234,118    $
6,216      
240,334    $

291,824    $ 
5,136      
296,960    $ 

304,391  
-  
304,391  

Denominator: 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic ..................................      5,892,077       6,017,778       5,884,780  
Effect of dilutive equity-based compensation awards(1) .................................     
52,802  
Effect of dilution from if-converted Convertible Notes(2) ..............................     
-  
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted ...............................      6,314,148       6,387,354       5,937,582  

17,823      
404,248      

36,547      
333,029      

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................   $
Diluted ........................................................................................................   $

39.73    $
38.06    $

48.49    $ 
46.49    $ 

51.73  
51.27  

Supplemental Net Income per Common Share Disclosure: 
Anti-dilutive shares from equity-based compensation awards(1) ....................     

18,673      

3,444      

288  

(1)  Equity-based compensation awards whose impact is considered to be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method were excluded

from the diluted net income per common share calculation. 

(2)  Based on a conversion rate of 0.4394 shares of common stock per weighted $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes outstanding

during all periods presented. 

18.  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Contractual  Obligations.  The  Company  has  obligations  to  make  future  payments  for  goods  and  services  under  certain 
contractual arrangements. These contractual obligations secure the future rights to various goods and services to be used in 
the  normal  course  of  the  Company’s  operations.  In  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  rules,  the  future  rights  and 
obligations pertaining to firm commitments, such as certain purchase obligations under contracts, are not reflected as assets 
or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

F-44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s  outstanding  contractual  obligations  as  of  December  31,  2022  (including 
amounts  associated  with  data  processing  services,  high-speed  data  connectivity  and  fiber-related  obligations)  and  the 
estimated effect and timing that such obligations are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and cash flows in future 
periods (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2023 .....................................................................   $ 
2024 .....................................................................     
2025 .....................................................................     
2026 .....................................................................     
2027 .....................................................................     
Thereafter ............................................................     
Total .................................................................   $ 

   Programming        
Purchase 

   Debt 
  Commitments(1)     Payments(2)   Payments(3)   Obligations(4)     Total 

   Purchase 

     Lease 

Other 

147,286    $ 
95,362      
45,231      
46      
-      
-      
287,925    $ 

55,008  $ 
5,444   $ 
76,285    
3,837     
557,147    
2,893     
591,709    
2,232     
1,662     
820,754    
7,701      1,743,001    
23,769   $  3,843,904  $ 

76,982    $  284,720  
188,660  
13,176      
612,075  
6,804      
599,722  
5,735      
823,165  
749      
5,656       1,756,358  
109,102    $ 4,264,700  

(1)  Programming purchase commitments represent contracts that the Company has with cable television networks and broadcast stations 
to provide programming services to subscribers. The amounts reported represent estimates of the future programming costs for these 
purchase commitments based on estimated subscriber numbers, tier placements as of December 31, 2022 and the per-subscriber rates 
contained in the contracts. Actual amounts due under such contracts may differ from the amounts above based on the actual subscriber 
numbers  and  tier  placements  at  the  time.  Programming  purchases  pursuant  to  non-binding  commitments  are  not  reflected  in  the 
amounts shown. 

(2)  Lease payments include payment obligations related to the Company’s outstanding finance and operating lease arrangements as of 

December 31, 2022. 

(3)  Debt payments include principal repayment obligations for the Company’s outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2022. 
(4)  Other  purchase obligations include  purchase  obligations  related  to  capital  projects  and  other  legally  binding commitments.  Other 
purchase orders made in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the amounts shown but are included within accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. 

The  Company  incurs  the  following  costs  as  part of  its  operations, however,  they  are not  included within  the  contractual 
obligations table above for the reasons discussed below: 

●  The  Company  rents  space  on  utility  poles  in  order  to  provide  services  to  subscribers.  Generally,  pole  rentals  are 
cancellable on short notice. However, the Company anticipates that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole 
attachments was $12.3 million, $11.5 million and $10.5 million for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

●  Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through on a 
monthly basis to the Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $31.2 million, 
$31.4 million and $25.2 million for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As the Company acts as principal in these 
arrangements,  these  fees  are  reported  in  video  and  voice  revenues  on  a  gross  basis  with  corresponding  expenses 
included within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

●  The Company has franchise agreements requiring plant construction and the provision of services to customers within 
the franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, the Company obtains 
surety  bonds  or  letters  of  credit  guaranteeing  performance  to  municipalities  and  public  utilities  and  payment  of 
insurance premiums. Such surety bonds and letters of credit totaled $52.1 million and $42.1 million as of December 
31,  2022 and  2021,  respectively.  Payments  under  these  arrangements  are  required  only  in  the  remote  event  of 
nonperformance. The Company does not expect that these contingent commitments will result in any amounts being 
paid. 

●  The  Company  issued  letters  of  credit  totaling  $22.0  million on  behalf  of  Wisper  to  guarantee  its  performance 
obligations under  an  FCC  broadband funding program. As  of December  31,  2022,  the Company has assessed  the 
likelihood of non-performance associated with the guarantee to be remote, and therefore, no liability has been accrued 
within the consolidated balance sheet. Refer to note 10 for further details on this transaction. 

F-45 

  
  
  
    
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Litigation  and  Legal  Matters. The  Company  is  subject  to  complaints  and  administrative  proceedings  and  has  been  a 
defendant  in  various  civil  lawsuits  that  have  arisen  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.  Such  matters  include  contract 
disputes; actions alleging negligence, invasion of privacy, trademark, copyright and patent infringement, and violations of 
applicable wage and hour laws; statutory or common law claims involving current and former employees; and other matters. 
Although the outcomes of any legal claims and proceedings against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, based 
on currently available information, the Company believes that there are no existing claims or proceedings that are likely to 
have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Regulation  in  the  Company’s  Industry.  The  Company’s  operations  are  extensively  regulated  by  the  FCC,  some  state 
governments and most local governments. The FCC has the authority to enforce its regulations through the imposition of 
substantial fines, the issuance of cease and desist orders and/or the imposition of other administrative sanctions, such as the 
revocation of FCC licenses needed to operate certain transmission facilities used in connection with cable operations. Future 
legislative and regulatory changes could adversely affect the Company’s operations. 

Equity Investments. The Company has certain obligations with respect to certain of its equity investments. Refer to note 6 
for further information. 

19.  

SUBSEQUENT EVENT 

On February 22, 2023, the Company and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries entered into a fourth restatement agreement 
with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto to amend and restate the Credit 
Agreement  (as  amended  and  restated,  the  "New  Credit Agreement").  The  New  Credit Agreement  amended  the  Credit 
Agreement to, among other things, (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit 
Facility by $500.0 million to $1.0 billion; (ii) extend the scheduled maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility from October 
2025 to February 2028; (iii) upsize the Term Loan B-3 by $150.0 million to $757.0 million (the "TLB-3 Upsize"); (iv) extend 
the scheduled maturities of the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3 from October 2027 to October 2029; (v) increase the 
fixed spreads on the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3 from 2.00% to 2.25%; and (vi) transition the benchmark interest 
rate for the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3 from LIBOR to the Secured Overnight 
Financing Rate plus a 10 basis point credit spread adjustment by March 1, 2023. Except as described above, the New Credit 
Agreement did not make any material changes to the principal terms of the Term Loan B-2, the Term Loan B-3, the Term 
Loan B-4 or the Revolving Credit Facility. Upon the effectiveness of the New Credit Agreement, the Company drew $488.0 
million under the Revolving Credit Facility and, together with the net proceeds from the TLB-3 Upsize, repaid all $638.3 
million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding Term Loan A-2 that was scheduled to mature on October 30, 2025. 

F-46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

Board of Directors

Julia M. Laulis
Chair of the Board, President  
& Chief Executive Officer

Deborah J. Kissire
Retired Partner,  
Ernst & Young LLP

Thomas O. Might
Retired Chair & Chief Executive 
Officer, Cable One, Inc.

Wallace R. Weitz
Founder, Weitz Investment 
Management, Inc.

Brad D. Brian
Chair, Munger,  
Tolles & Olson LLP

Thomas S. Gayner
Chief Executive Officer,  
Markel Corporation

Mary E. Meduski
President & Chief Financial 
Officer, TierPoint, LLC  
and Cequel III, LLC

Kristine E. Miller
Former Senior Vice President, 
Chief Strategy Officer, eBay

Katharine B. Weymouth
Chief Operating Officer, 
FamilyCare

Sherrese M. Smith
Managing Partner,  
Paul Hastings LLP

Executive Officers
Julia M. Laulis 
Chair of the Board,  
President & Chief Executive Officer

Michael E. Bowker 
Chief Operating Officer

Todd M. Koetje 
Chief Financial Officer

Kenneth E. Johnson 
Chief Technology  
& Digital Officer

Christopher D. Boone 
Senior Vice President,  
Business Services & Emerging Markets

Megan M. Detz 
Senior Vice President,  
Human Resources

Eric M. Lardy 
Senior Vice President,  
Operations & Integration

James A. Obermeyer 
Senior Vice President,  
Marketing & Sales

Peter N. Witty 
Senior Vice President,  
General Counsel & Secretary

This  document  contains  “forward-looking  statements”  that 
involve  risks  and 
uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate 
strictly to historical or current facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates, 
assumptions  and  projections  about  our  industry,  business,  strategy,  acquisitions 
and  strategic  investments,  dividend  policy,  financial  results,  financial  condition  and 
other matters. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding 
Forward-Looking  Statements”  appearing  on  page  2  of  the  attached  2022  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the SEC for more information. The 
contents of our website is not incorporated by reference into this 2022 Annual Report.

Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of stockholders will be  
held both in-person at the location below  
and virtually via live audio webcast on 

MAY 19, 2023 | 8 AM ET 
4521 Highwoods Parkway, Glen Allen, VA 23060

Stock Exchange
Cable One common stock is traded on the  
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CABO

Stock Transfer Agent  
and Registrar
General Shareholder Correspondence 
Computershare 
PO Box 43006 
Providence, RI 02940-3066 

Transfers by Overnight Courier 
Computershare 
150 Royall St., Suite 101 
Canton, MA 02021           

Shareholder Inquiries 
Communication concerning transfer requirements,  
lost certificates, dividends and changes of address  
should be directed to Computershare Investor Services:   

Telephone: (800) 446-2617   |   (781) 575-2723 
TDD: (800) 952-9245

Questions also may be sent via the website:  
www.computershare.com/us/investor-inquiries

 
 
 
210 E. Earll Drive  |  Phoenix, Arizona 85012 
(602) 364-6000  |  ir.cableone.net